darkkirb/old-cross-binutils
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity
old-cross-binutils/gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo

8405 lines
312 KiB
Text
Raw Normal View History

RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
_dnl__ -*-Texinfo-*-
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_dnl__ Copyright (c) 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_dnl__ $Id$
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@c Copyright (c) 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c %**start of header
(1) small cleanups on intro sections (2) introduce M4 configuration macros
1991-03-28 01:03:49 +00:00
@setfilename _GDBP__.info
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
Fix typo in M4 macro name (prevented TeX formatting).
1992-05-05 22:51:53 +00:00
@settitle _GDBN__, The GNU Debugger
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
@settitle _GDB__, The GNU Debugger (_HOST__)
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
@setchapternewpage odd
Remove (or comment out) local-formatting commands accidentally checked in. (Fix for info-making problems spotted by Rich.)
1992-03-06 19:58:01 +00:00
@c @smallbook
@c @cropmarks
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c %**end of header
@finalout
@syncodeindex ky cp
_0__@c ===> NOTE! <==_1__
@c Determine the edition number in *three* places by hand:
@c 1. First ifinfo section 2. title page 3. top node
@c To find the locations, search for !!set
@c The following is for Pesch for his RCS system.
@c This revision number *not* the same as the Edition number.
@tex
\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
@end tex
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
@c GDB CHANGELOG CONSULTED BETWEEN:
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c Fri Oct 11 23:27:06 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
@c Sat Dec 22 02:51:40 1990 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint)
* gdb.texinfo: (1) better introductory example; (2) more consistent use of @code, @samp, @file, @kbd throughout; small cleanups to first three nodes.
1991-05-16 00:46:09 +00:00
@c THIS MANUAL REQUIRES TEXINFO-2 macros and info-makers to format properly.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
added info dir menu hooks
1991-11-14 00:26:43 +00:00
@ifinfo
@format
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
* Gdb: (gdb). The GNU debugger.
added info dir menu hooks
1991-11-14 00:26:43 +00:00
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@end format
@end ifinfo
(1) small cleanups on intro sections (2) introduce M4 configuration macros
1991-03-28 01:03:49 +00:00
_if__(0)
(1) At Bob Chassell's request, remove leading comments that used to survive M4 filtering but still tell people the original source was M4'd; (2) Also for B.C., include one more emphasis font in @colophon at end; (3) Thanks to J Gilmore, strengthen wording about unsupported combinations of host-manufacturer-OS in config Appendix.
1991-11-30 00:01:01 +00:00
NOTE: this manual is marked up for preprocessing with a collection
of m4 macros called "pretex.m4".
*** empty log message ***
1991-05-23 00:14:26 +00:00
THIS IS THE SOURCE PRIOR TO PREPROCESSING. The full source needs to
be run through m4 before either tex- or info- formatting: for example,
Corrections due to RMS. (and improvements).
1991-04-03 23:49:07 +00:00
_0__
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 22:43:47; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +47 -46) Extract GDB version number from main GDB dir Makefile.in.
1991-10-09 00:26:15 +00:00
m4 pretex.m4 none.m4 all.m4 gdb.texinfo >gdb-all.texinfo
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
will produce (assuming your path finds either GNU m4 >= 0.84, or SysV
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
m4; Berkeley will not do) a file suitable for formatting. See the text in
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
"pretex.m4" for a fuller explanation (and the macro definitions).
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_1__
gdb-3.1
1989-01-31 17:56:40 +00:00
*** empty log message ***
1991-05-23 00:14:26 +00:00
_fi__(0)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c
@ifinfo
This file documents the GNU debugger _GDBN__.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c !!set edition, date, version
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
This is Edition 4.04, March 1992,
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
of @cite{Using GDB: A Guide to the GNU Source-Level Debugger}
for GDB Version _GDB_VN__.
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
@ignore
Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
@end ignore
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
one.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
instead of in the original English.
@end ifinfo
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@titlepage
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@title Using _GDBN__
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
@subtitle The GNU Source-Level Debugger
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@subtitle on _HOST__ Systems
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
@sp 1
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c !!set edition, date, version
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
@subtitle Edition 4.04, for _GDBN__ version _GDB_VN__
@subtitle March 1992
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@author by Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@page
@tex
{\parskip=0pt
Removed RMS email address from inside cover page, at his request.
1992-05-19 21:22:10 +00:00
\hfill pesch\@cygnus.com\par
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
\hfill {\it Using _GDBN__}, \manvers\par
\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
}
@end tex
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
one.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
instead of in the original English.
@end titlepage
@page
@ifinfo
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@node Top, Summary, (dir), (dir)
@top _GDBN__, the GNU symbolic debugger
This file describes _GDBN__, the GNU symbolic debugger.
@c !!set edition, date, version
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
This is Edition 4.04, March 1992, for GDB Version _GDB_VN__.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end ifinfo
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Summary:: Summary of _GDBN__
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
* New Features:: New features since GDB version 3.5
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
* Sample Session:: A sample _GDBN__ session
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
* Invocation:: Getting in and out of _GDBN__
* Commands:: _GDBN__ commands
* Running:: Running programs under _GDBN__
* Stopping:: Stopping and continuing
* Stack:: Examining the stack
* Source:: Examining source files
* Data:: Examining data
* Languages:: Using _GDBN__ with different languages
* Symbols:: Examining the symbol table
* Altering:: Altering execution
* _GDBN__ Files:: _GDBN__'s files
* Targets:: Specifying a debugging target
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
* Controlling _GDBN__:: Controlling _GDBN__
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
* Sequences:: Canned sequences of commands
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Emacs:: Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
* _GDBN__ Bugs:: Reporting bugs in _GDBN__
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
* Renamed Commands::
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
* Formatting Documentation:: How to format and print GDB documentation
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
* Installing GDB:: Installing GDB
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Copying:: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
* Index:: Index
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
Summary of _GDBN__
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
* Free Software:: Freely redistributable software
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Contributors:: Contributors to _GDBN__
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
* Invoking _GDBN__:: How to start _GDBN__
* Leaving _GDBN__:: How to quit _GDBN__
* Shell Commands:: How to use shell commands inside _GDBN__
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Starting _GDBN__
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* File Options:: Choosing Files
* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ Commands
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
* Help:: Getting Help
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Running Programs Under _GDBN__
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
* Starting:: Starting your Program
* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
* Process Information:: Additional Process Information
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Stopping and Continuing
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
* Signals:: Signals
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
* Conditions:: Break Conditions
* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
* Error in Breakpoints:: ``Cannot insert breakpoints''
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Examining the Stack
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Frames:: Stack Frames
* Backtrace:: Backtraces
* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Examining Source Files
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* List:: Printing Source Lines
* Search:: Searching Source Files
* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Examining Data
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Expressions:: Expressions
* Variables:: Program Variables
* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
* Output formats:: Output formats
* Memory:: Examining Memory
* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
* Print Settings:: Print Settings
* Value History:: Value History
* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
* Registers:: Registers
* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Using GDB with Different Languages
* Setting:: Switching between source languages
* Show:: Displaying the language
* Checks:: Type and Range checks
* Support:: Supported languages
Switching between source languages
* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
* Automatically:: Having GDB infer the source language
Type and range Checking
* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
Supported Languages
* C:: C and C++
* Modula-2:: Modula-2
C and C++
* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
Modula-2
* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
* Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
* GDB/M2:: GDB and Modula-2
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Altering Execution
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
* Signaling:: Giving your program a Signal
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Returning:: Returning from a Function
* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
* Patching:: Patching your Program
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__'s Files
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Specifying a Debugging Target
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Active Targets:: Active Targets
* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
* Remote:: Remote Debugging
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Remote Debugging
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
* i960-Nindy Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
* EB29K Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
* VxWorks Remote:: _GDBN__ and VxWorks
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Nindy Startup:: Startup with Nindy
* Nindy Options:: Options for Nindy
* Nindy reset:: Nindy Reset Command
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Comms (EB29K):: Communications Setup
* gdb-EB29K:: EB29K cross-debugging
* Remote Log:: Remote Log
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ and VxWorks
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* VxWorks connection:: Connecting to VxWorks
* VxWorks download:: VxWorks Download
* VxWorks attach:: Running Tasks
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Controlling _GDBN__
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Prompt:: Prompt
* Editing:: Command Editing
* History:: Command History
* Screen Size:: Screen Size
* Numbers:: Numbers
* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Canned Sequences of Commands
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Define:: User-Defined Commands
* Command Files:: Command Files
* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Installing GDB
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
* Separate Objdir:: Compiling _GDBN__ in another directory
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Summary, New Features, Top, Top
@unnumbered Summary of _GDBN__
The purpose of a debugger such as _GDBN__ is to allow you to see what is
going on ``inside'' another program while it executes---or what another
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
program was doing at the moment it crashed.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item
Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior.
@item
Make your program stop on specified conditions.
@item
Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
@item
Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the
effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
@end itemize
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
You can use _GDBN__ to debug programs written in C, C++, and Modula-2.
Fortran support will be added when a GNU Fortran compiler is ready.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Free Software:: Free Software
* Contributors:: Contributors to GDB
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Free Software, Contributors, Summary, Summary
@unnumberedsec Free Software
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_GDBN__ is @dfn{free software}, protected by the GNU General Public License
(GPL). The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
program---but every person getting a copy also gets with it the
freedom to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to
the source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies.
Typical software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the
Free Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms.
Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says that
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
you have these freedoms and that you cannot take these freedoms away
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
from anyone else.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
For full details, @pxref{Copying, ,GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE}.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Contributors, , Free Software, Summary
@unnumberedsec Contributors to GDB
Richard Stallman was the original author of GDB, and of many other GNU
programs. Many others have contributed to its development. This
section attempts to credit major contributors. One of the virtues of
free software is that everyone is free to contribute to it; with
regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here. The file
@file{ChangeLog} in the GDB distribution approximates a blow-by-blow
account.
Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time.
@quotation
@emph{Plea:} Additions to this section are particularly welcome. If you
or your friends (or enemies; let's be evenhanded) have been unfairly
omitted from this list, we would like to add your names!
@end quotation
So that they may not regard their long labor as thankless, we
Credits for GDB 4.4 (and correction to credits for 3.9).
1992-01-29 01:27:36 +00:00
particularly thank those who shepherded GDB through major releases: Stu
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
Grossman and John Gilmore (releases 4.5, 4.4), John Gilmore (releases 4.3, 4.2,
Credits for GDB 4.4 (and correction to credits for 3.9).
1992-01-29 01:27:36 +00:00
4.1, 4.0, and 3.9); Jim Kingdon (releases 3.5, 3.4, 3.3); and Randy
Smith (releases 3.2, 3.1, 3.0). As major maintainer of GDB for some
period, each contributed significantly to the structure, stability, and
capabilities of the entire debugger.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Pete TerMaat, Chris
Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8.
Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the GNU C++ support in GDB,
with significant additional contributions from Per Bothner. James
Clark wrote the GNU C++ demangler. Early work on C++ was by Peter
TerMaat (who also did much general update work leading to release 3.0).
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
GDB 4 uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple
object-file formats; BFD was a joint project of David V.
Henkel-Wallace, Rich Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did
the original support for encapsulated COFF.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support.
Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
support. Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support. Chris
Hanson improved the HP9000 support. Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki
Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support. David Johnson contributed
Encore Umax support. Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support.
Keith Packard contributed NS32K support. Doug Rabson contributed
Acorn Risc Machine support. Chris Smith contributed Convex support
(and Fortran debugging). Jonathan Stone contributed Pyramid support.
Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support. Tim Tucker contributed
support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode. Pace Willison
contributed Intel 386 support. Jay Vosburgh contributed Symmetry
support.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared
libraries.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that GDB and GAS agree about
several machine instruction sets.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped
develop remote debugging. Intel Corporation and Wind River Systems
contributed remote debugging modules for their products.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing
command-line editing and command history.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code and
the Modula-2 support, and contributed the Languages chapter of this
manual.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
Fred Fish wrote most of the support for Unix System Vr4.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node New Features, Sample Session, Summary, Top
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@unnumbered New Features since GDB version 3.5
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @emph
@item Targets
Using the new command @code{target}, you can select at runtime whether
you are debugging local files, local processes, standalone systems over
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
a serial port, realtime systems over a TCP/IP connection, etc. The
command @code{load} can download programs into a remote system. Serial
stubs are available for Motorola 680x0 and Intel 80386 remote systems;
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB also supports debugging realtime processes running under
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
VxWorks, using SunRPC Remote Procedure Calls over TCP/IP to talk to a
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
debugger stub on the target system. Internally, GDB now uses a
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
function vector to mediate access to different targets; if you need to
add your own support for a remote protocol, this makes it much easier.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item Watchpoints
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB now sports watchpoints as well as breakpoints. You can use a
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an expression
changes, without having to predict a particular place in your program
where this may happen.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@item Wide Output
Commands that issue wide output now insert newlines at places designed
to make the output more readable.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item Object Code Formats
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB uses a new library called the Binary File Descriptor (BFD)
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
Library to permit it to switch dynamically, without reconfiguration or
recompilation, between different object-file formats. Formats currently
supported are COFF, a.out, and the Intel 960 b.out; files may be read as
.o's, archive libraries, or core dumps. BFD is available as a
subroutine library so that other programs may take advantage of it, and
the other GNU binary utilities are being converted to use it.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@item Configuration and Ports
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Compile-time configuration (to select a particular architecture and
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
operating system) is much easier. The script @code{configure} now
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
allows you to configure GDB as either a native debugger or a
cross-debugger. @xref{Installing GDB}, for details on how to
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
configure and on what architectures are now available.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item Interaction
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
The user interface to GDB's control variables has been simplified
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
and consolidated in two commands, @code{set} and @code{show}. Output
lines are now broken at readable places, rather than overflowing onto
the next line. You can suppress output of machine-level addresses,
displaying only source language information.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@item C++
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB now supports C++ multiple inheritance (if used with a GCC
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
version 2 compiler), and also has limited support for C++ exception
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
handling, with the commands @code{catch} and @code{info catch}: GDB
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
can break when an exception is raised, before the stack is peeled back
to the exception handler's context.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item Modula-2
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB now has preliminary support for the GNU Modula-2 compiler,
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
currently under development at the State University of New York at
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
Buffalo. Coordinated development of both GDB and the GNU Modula-2
Two trivial 1991->1992 updates. (One in GDB copyright banner, assuming 4.4 will announce 1992 as copyright year).
1992-01-24 03:49:46 +00:00
compiler will continue into 1992. Other Modula-2 compilers are
currently not supported, and attempting to debug programs compiled with
them will likely result in an error as the symbol table of the
executable is read in.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item Command Rationalization
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
Many GDB commands have been renamed to make them easier to remember
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
and use. In particular, the subcommands of @code{info} and
@code{show}/@code{set} are grouped to make the former refer to the state
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
of your program, and the latter refer to the state of GDB itself.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@xref{Renamed Commands}, for details on what commands were renamed.
@item Shared Libraries
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
GDB 4 can debug programs and core files that use SunOS, SVR4, or IBM RS/6000
shared libraries.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@item Reference Card
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB 4 has a reference card. @xref{Formatting Documentation} for
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
instructions on printing it.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item Work in Progress
Kernel debugging for BSD and Mach systems; Tahoe and HPPA architecture
support.
@end table
@node Sample Session, Invocation, New Features, Top
@chapter A Sample _GDBN__ Session
You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about _GDBN__.
However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the
debugger. This chapter illustrates these commands.
@iftex
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
In this sample session, we emphasize user input like this: @b{input},
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
to make it easier to pick out from the surrounding output.
@end iftex
@c FIXME: this example may not be appropriate for some configs, where
@c FIXME...primary interest is in remote use.
_0__
One of the preliminary versions of GNU @code{m4} (a generic macro
processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its
quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro's
definition in another stop working. In the following short @code{m4}
session, we define a macro @code{foo} which expands to @code{0000}; we
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
then use the @code{m4} built-in @code{defn} to define @code{bar} as the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
same thing. However, when we change the open quote string to
@code{<QUOTE>} and the close quote string to @code{<UNQUOTE>}, the same
procedure fails to define a new synonym @code{baz}:
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
$ @b{cd gnu/m4}
$ @b{./m4}
@b{define(foo,0000)}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{foo}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
0000
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{define(bar,defn(`foo'))}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{bar}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
0000
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
@b{baz}
@b{C-d}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string
@end smallexample
@noindent
Let's use _GDBN__ to try to see what's going on.
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
$ @b{_GDBP__ m4}
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
@c FIXME: this falsifies the exact text played out, to permit smallbook
@c FIXME... format to come out better.
GDB is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies
of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see
the conditions.
There is absolutely no warranty for GDB; type "show warranty"
for details.
Two trivial 1991->1992 updates. (One in GDB copyright banner, assuming 4.4 will announce 1992 as copyright year).
1992-01-24 03:49:46 +00:00
GDB _GDB_VN__, Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc...
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
(_GDBP__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
@noindent
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_GDBN__ reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the rest when
needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly. We now
tell _GDBN__ to use a narrower display width than usual, so that examples
will fit in this manual.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{set width 70}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@noindent
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Let's see how the @code{m4} built-in @code{changequote} works.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Having looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is
@code{m4_changequote}, so we set a breakpoint there with _GDBN__'s
@code{break} command.
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{break m4_changequote}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879.
@end smallexample
@noindent
Using the @code{run} command, we start @code{m4} running under _GDBN__
control; as long as control does not reach the @code{m4_changequote}
subroutine, the program runs as usual:
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{run}
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{define(foo,0000)}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{foo}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
0000
@end smallexample
@noindent
To trigger the breakpoint, we call @code{changequote}. _GDBN__
suspends execution of @code{m4}, displaying information about the
context where it stops.
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
at builtin.c:879
formatting improvements (already in progressive)
1992-05-06 04:49:50 +00:00
879 if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]),argc,1,3))
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
@noindent
Now we use the command @code{n} (@code{next}) to advance execution to
the next line of the current function.
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{n}
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
882 set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1])\
: nil,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
@noindent
@code{set_quotes} looks like a promising subroutine. We can go into it
by using the command @code{s} (@code{step}) instead of @code{next}.
@code{step} goes to the next line to be executed in @emph{any}
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
subroutine, so it steps into @code{set_quotes}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{s}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
at input.c:530
530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
@end smallexample
@noindent
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
The display that shows the subroutine where @code{m4} is now
suspended (and its arguments) is called a stack frame display. It
shows a summary of the stack. We can use the @code{backtrace}
command (which can also be spelled @code{bt}), to see where we are
in the stack as a whole: the @code{backtrace} command displays a
stack frame for each active subroutine.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{bt}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
at input.c:530
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
#1 0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
at builtin.c:882
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
#2 0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242
#3 0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30)
at macro.c:71
#4 0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40
#5 0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195
@end smallexample
@noindent
Let's step through a few more lines to see what happens. The first two
times, we can use @samp{s}; the next two times we use @code{n} to avoid
falling into the @code{xstrdup} subroutine.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{s}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
0x3b5c 532 if (rquote != def_rquote)
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{s}
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
0x3b80 535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? \
def_lquote : xstrdup(lq);
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{n}
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
: xstrdup(rq);
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{n}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
@end smallexample
@noindent
The last line displayed looks a little odd; let's examine the variables
@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} to see if they are in fact the new left
and right quotes we specified. We can use the command @code{p}
(@code{print}) to see their values.
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{p lquote}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
$1 = 0x35d40 "<QUOTE>"
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{p rquote}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
$2 = 0x35d50 "<UNQUOTE>"
@end smallexample
@noindent
@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} are indeed the new left and right quotes.
Let's look at some context; we can display ten lines of source
surrounding the current line, with the @code{l} (@code{list}) command.
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{l}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
533 xfree(rquote);
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
534
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote\
: xstrdup (lq);
536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
: xstrdup (rq);
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
537
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
540 @}
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
541
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
542 void
@end smallexample
@noindent
Let's step past the two lines that set @code{len_lquote} and
@code{len_rquote}, and then examine the values of those variables.
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{n}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{n}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
540 @}
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{p len_lquote}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
$3 = 9
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{p len_rquote}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
$4 = 7
@end smallexample
@noindent
That certainly looks wrong, assuming @code{len_lquote} and
@code{len_rquote} are meant to be the lengths of @code{lquote} and
@code{rquote} respectively. Let's try setting them to better values.
We can use the @code{p} command for this, since it'll print the value of
any expression---and that expression can include subroutine calls and
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
assignments.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
$5 = 7
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
$6 = 9
@end smallexample
@noindent
Let's see if that fixes the problem of using the new quotes with the
@code{m4} built-in @code{defn}. We can allow @code{m4} to continue
executing with the @code{c} (@code{continue}) command, and then try the
example that caused trouble initially:
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{c}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Continuing.
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
baz
0000
@end smallexample
@noindent
Success! The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones. The
problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong
lengths. We'll let @code{m4} exit by giving it an EOF as input.
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@b{C-d}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Program exited normally.
@end smallexample
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@noindent
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The message @samp{Program exited normally.} is from _GDBN__; it
indicates @code{m4} has finished executing. We can end our _GDBN__
session with the _GDBN__ @code{quit} command.
@smallexample
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
(_GDBP__) @b{quit}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_1__@end smallexample
@node Invocation, Commands, Sample Session, Top
@chapter Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
This chapter discusses how to start _GDBN__, and how to get out of it.
(The essentials: type @samp{_GDBP__} to start GDB, and type @kbd{quit}
or @kbd{C-d} to exit.)
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
* Invoking _GDBN__:: Starting _GDBN__
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
* Leaving _GDBN__:: Leaving _GDBN__
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Shell Commands:: Shell Commands
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@node Invoking _GDBN__, Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation, Invocation
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@section Starting _GDBN__
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Start _GDBN__ with the shell command @code{_GDBP__}. Once it's running,
_GDBN__ reads commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
You can also run @code{_GDBP__} with a variety of arguments and options,
to specify more of your debugging environment at the outset.
The command-line options described here are designed
to cover a variety of situations; in some environments, some of these
options may effectively be unavailable.
_if__(_H8__)
For details on starting up _GDBP__ as a
remote debugger attached to a Hitachi H8/300 board, see @ref{Hitachi
H8/300 Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}.
_fi__(_H8__)
The most usual way to start _GDBN__ is with one argument or two,
specifying an executable program as the argument:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_GDBP__ @var{program}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@noindent
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
You can also start with both an executable program and a core file
specified:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_GDBP__ @var{program} @var{core}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want
to debug a running process:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@example
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_GDBP__ @var{program} 1234
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@noindent
would attach _GDBN__ to process @code{1234} (unless you also have a file
named @file{1234}; _GDBN__ does check for a core file first).
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
Taking advantage of the second command-line argument requires a fairly
complete operating system; when you use _GDBN__ as a remote debugger
attached to a bare board, there may not be any notion of ``process'',
and there is often no way to get a core dump.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@noindent
You can further control how _GDBN__ starts up by using command-line
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
options. _GDBN__ itself can remind you of the options available.
@noindent
Type
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
_GDBP__ -help
@end example
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@noindent
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
to display all available options and briefly describe their use
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(@samp{_GDBP__ -h} is a shorter equivalent).
All options and command line arguments you give are processed
in sequential order. The order makes a difference when the
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@samp{-x} option is used.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* File Options:: Choosing Files
* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)_dnl__
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
@end menu
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@node File Options, Mode Options, Invoking _GDBN__, Invoking _GDBN__
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@subsection Choosing Files
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
When _GDBN__ starts, it reads any arguments other than options as
specifying an executable file and core file (or process ID). This is
the same as if the arguments were specified by the @samp{-se} and
@samp{-c} options respectively. (_GDBN__ reads the first argument
that does not have an associated option flag as equivalent to the
@samp{-se} option followed by that argument; and the second argument
that does not have an associated option flag, if any, as equivalent to
the @samp{-c} option followed by that argument.)
Many options have both long and short forms; both are shown in the
following list. _GDBN__ also recognizes the long forms if you truncate
them, so long as enough of the option is present to be unambiguous.
(If you prefer, you can flag option arguments with @samp{--} rather
than @samp{-}, though we illustrate the more usual convention.)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item -symbols=@var{file}
@itemx -s @var{file}
Read symbol table from file @var{file}.
@item -exec=@var{file}
@itemx -e @var{file}
Use file @var{file} as the executable file to execute when
appropriate, and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core
dump.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@item -se=@var{file}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Read symbol table from file @var{file} and use it as the executable
file.
@item -core=@var{file}
@itemx -c @var{file}
Use file @var{file} as a core dump to examine.
@item -command=@var{file}
@itemx -x @var{file}
Execute _GDBN__ commands from file @var{file}. @xref{Command Files}.
@item -directory=@var{directory}
@itemx -d @var{directory}
Add @var{directory} to the path to search for source files.
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
@item -m
@itemx -mapped
@emph{Warning: this option depends on operating system facilities that are not
supported on all systems.}@*
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the @code{mmap}
system call, you can use this option
to cause _GDBN__ to write the symbols from your
program into a reusable file in the current directory. If the program you are debugging is
called @file{/tmp/fred}, the mapped symbol file will be @file{./fred.syms}.
Future _GDBN__ debugging sessions will notice the presence of this file,
and will quickly map in symbol information from it, rather than reading
the symbol table from the executable program.
The @file{.syms} file is specific to the host machine on which _GDBN__ is run.
It holds an exact image of _GDBN__'s internal symbol table. It cannot be
shared across multiple host platforms.
@item -r
@itemx -readnow
Read each symbol file's entire symbol table immediately, rather than
the default, which is to read it incrementally as it is needed.
This makes startup slower, but makes future operations faster.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
The @code{-mapped} and @code{-readnow} options are typically combined in order to
build a @file{.syms} file that contains complete symbol information.
A simple GDB invocation to do nothing but build a @file{.syms} file for future
use is:
@example
gdb -batch -nx -mapped -readnow programname
@end example
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@node Mode Options, Mode Options, File Options, Invoking _GDBN__
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
_if__(_GENERIC__)
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@node Mode Options, , File Options, Invoking _GDBN__
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@subsection Choosing Modes
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
You can run _GDBN__ in various alternative modes---for example, in
batch mode or quiet mode.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item -nx
@itemx -n
Do not execute commands from any @file{_GDBINIT__} initialization files.
Normally, the commands in these files are executed after all the
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
command options and arguments have been processed.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 05:15:13; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +19 -18) (1) fix typo ('_if_' and '_fi_' for '_if__' and '_fi__'!) (2) prepare for semi-auto xref updating by rejoining xrefs broken across lines
1991-10-09 00:31:02 +00:00
@xref{Command Files}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item -quiet
@itemx -q
``Quiet''. Do not print the introductory and copyright messages. These
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item -batch
Run in batch mode. Exit with status @code{0} after processing all the command
files specified with @samp{-x} (and @file{_GDBINIT__}, if not inhibited).
Exit with nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the _GDBN__
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
commands in the command files.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Batch mode may be useful for running _GDBN__ as a filter, for example to
download and run a program on another computer; in order to make this
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
more useful, the message
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
Program exited normally.
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@noindent
(which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under _GDBN__ control
terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@item -cd=@var{directory}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Run _GDBN__ using @var{directory} as its working directory,
instead of the current directory.
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
_if__(_LUCID__)
Tracking changes from Lucid: option formerly known as either "-cadillac" or "-energize" is called "-context" now.
1992-06-02 00:48:46 +00:00
@item -context @var{authentication}
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
When the Energize programming system starts up _GDBN__, it uses this
option to trigger an alternate mode of interaction.
@var{authentication} is a pair of numeric codes that identify _GDBN__
as a client in the Energize environment. Avoid this option when you run
_GDBN__ directly from the command line. See @ref{Energize,,Using
_GDBN__ with Energize} for more discussion of using _GDBN__ with Energize.
_fi__(_LUCID__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item -fullname
@itemx -f
Emacs sets this option when it runs _GDBN__ as a subprocess. It tells _GDBN__
to output the full file name and line number in a standard,
recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
includes each time your program stops). This recognizable format looks
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
like two @samp{\032} characters, followed by the file name, line number
and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The
Emacs-to-_GDBN__ interface program uses the two @samp{\032} characters as
a signal to display the source code for the frame.
@item -b @var{bps}
Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
interface used by _GDBN__ for remote debugging.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@item -tty=@var{device}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Run using @var{device} for your program's standard input and output.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c FIXME: kingdon thinks there is more to -tty. Investigate.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
_if__(!_GENERIC__)
_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@node Leaving _GDBN__, Shell Commands, Invoking _GDBN__, Invocation
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@section Leaving _GDBN__
@cindex exiting _GDBN__
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item quit
@kindex quit
@kindex q
To exit _GDBN__, use the @code{quit} command (abbreviated @code{q}), or type
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
an end-of-file character (usually @kbd{C-d}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@cindex interrupt
An interrupt (often @kbd{C-c}) will not exit from _GDBN__, but rather
will terminate the action of any _GDBN__ command that is in progress and
return to _GDBN__ command level. It is safe to type the interrupt
character at any time because _GDBN__ does not allow it to take effect
until a time when it is safe.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
If you have been using _GDBN__ to control an attached process or device, you
can release it with the @code{detach} command; @pxref{Attach,
,Debugging an Already-Running Process}..
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Shell Commands, , Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation
@section Shell Commands
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
debugging session, there is no need to leave or suspend _GDBN__; you can
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
just use the @code{shell} command.
@table @code
@item shell @var{command string}
@kindex shell
@cindex shell escape
Directs _GDBN__ to invoke an inferior shell to execute @var{command
string}. If it exists, the environment variable @code{SHELL} is used
for the name of the shell to run. Otherwise _GDBN__ uses
@code{/bin/sh}.
@end table
The utility @code{make} is often needed in development environments.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
You do not have to use the @code{shell} command for this purpose in _GDBN__:
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item make @var{make-args}
@kindex make
@cindex calling make
Causes _GDBN__ to execute an inferior @code{make} program with the specified
arguments. This is equivalent to @samp{shell make @var{make-args}}.
@end table
@node Commands, Running, Invocation, Top
@chapter _GDBN__ Commands
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
You can abbreviate GDB command if that abbreviation is unambiguous;
and you can repeat certain GDB commands by typing just @key{RET}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
* Help:: Getting Help
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Command Syntax, Help, Commands, Commands
@section Command Syntax
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
A _GDBN__ command is a single line of input. There is no limit on how long
it can be. It starts with a command name, which is followed by arguments
whose meaning depends on the command name. For example, the command
@code{step} accepts an argument which is the number of times to step,
as in @samp{step 5}. You can also use the @code{step} command with
no arguments. Some command names do not allow any arguments.
@cindex abbreviation
_GDBN__ command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is
unambiguous. Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the
documentation for individual commands. In some cases, even ambiguous
abbreviations are allowed; for example, @code{s} is specially defined as
equivalent to @code{step} even though there are other commands whose
names start with @code{s}. You can test abbreviations by using them as
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
arguments to the @code{help} command.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@cindex repeating commands
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex RET
A blank line as input to _GDBN__ (typing just @key{RET}) means to
repeat the previous command. Certain commands (for example, @code{run})
will not repeat this way; these are commands for which unintentional
repetition might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to
repeat.
The @code{list} and @code{x} commands, when you repeat them with
@key{RET}, construct new arguments rather than repeating
exactly as typed. This permits easy scanning of source or memory.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
_GDBN__ can also use @key{RET} in another way: to partition lengthy
output, in a way similar to the common utility @code{more}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Screen Size}). Since it is easy to press one @key{RET} too many
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
in this situation, _GDBN__ disables command repetition after any command
that generates this sort of display.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex #
@cindex comment
A line of input starting with @kbd{#} is a comment; it does nothing.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
This is useful mainly in command files (@pxref{Command Files}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Help, , Command Syntax, Commands
@section Getting Help
@cindex online documentation
@kindex help
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You can always ask _GDBN__ itself for information on its commands, using the
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
command @code{help}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item help
@itemx h
@kindex h
You can use @code{help} (abbreviated @code{h}) with no arguments to
display a short list of named classes of commands:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
(_GDBP__) help
List of classes of commands:
running -- Running the program
stack -- Examining the stack
data -- Examining data
breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points
files -- Specifying and examining files
status -- Status inquiries
support -- Support facilities
user-defined -- User-defined commands
aliases -- Aliases of other commands
obscure -- Obscure features
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of
commands in that class.
Type "help" followed by command name for full
documentation.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
(_GDBP__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
@item help @var{class}
Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a
list of the individual commands in that class. For example, here is the
help display for the class @code{status}:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
(_GDBP__) help status
Status inquiries.
List of commands:
show -- Generic command for showing things set with "set"
info -- Generic command for printing status
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
Type "help" followed by command name for full
documentation.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
(_GDBP__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
@item help @var{command}
With a command name as @code{help} argument, _GDBN__ will display a
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
short paragraph on how to use that command.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
In addition to @code{help}, you can use the _GDBN__ commands @code{info}
and @code{show} to inquire about the state of your program, or the state
of _GDBN__ itself. Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this
manual introduces each of them in the appropriate context. The listings
under @code{info} and under @code{show} in the Index point to
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
all the sub-commands. @xref{Index}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c @group
@table @code
@item info
@kindex info
@kindex i
This command (abbreviated @code{i}) is for describing the state of your
program; for example, it can list the arguments given to your program
(@code{info args}), the registers currently in use (@code{info
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
registers}), or the breakpoints you have set (@code{info breakpoints}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You can get a complete list of the @code{info} sub-commands with
@w{@code{help info}}.
@kindex show
@item show
In contrast, @code{show} is for describing the state of _GDBN__ itself.
You can change most of the things you can @code{show}, by using the
related command @code{set}; for example, you can control what number
system is used for displays with @code{set radix}, or simply inquire
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
which is currently in use with @code{show radix}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex info set
To display all the settable parameters and their current
values, you can use @code{show} with no arguments; you may also use
@code{info set}. Both commands produce the same display.
@c FIXME: "info set" violates the rule that "info" is for state of
@c FIXME...program. Ck w/ GNU: "info set" to be called something else,
@c FIXME...or change desc of rule---eg "state of prog and debugging session"?
@end table
@c @end group
Here are three miscellaneous @code{show} subcommands, all of which are
exceptional in lacking corresponding @code{set} commands:
@table @code
@kindex show version
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@cindex version number
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item show version
Show what version of _GDBN__ is running. You should include this
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
information in _GDBN__ bug-reports. If multiple versions of _GDBN__ are in
use at your site, you may occasionally want to make sure what version
of _GDBN__ you are running; as _GDBN__ evolves, new commands are introduced,
and old ones may wither away. The version number is also announced
when you start _GDBN__ with no arguments.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex show copying
@item show copying
Display information about permission for copying _GDBN__.
@kindex show warranty
@item show warranty
Display the GNU ``NO WARRANTY'' statement.
@end table
@node Running, Stopping, Commands, Top
@chapter Running Programs Under _GDBN__
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
To debug a program, you must run it under _GDBN__.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
* Starting:: Starting your Program
* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
* Process Information:: Additional Process Information
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Compilation, Starting, Running, Running
@section Compiling for Debugging
In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate
debugging information when you compile it. This debugging information
is stored in the object file; it describes the data type of each
variable or function and the correspondence between source line numbers
and addresses in the executable code.
To request debugging information, specify the @samp{-g} option when you run
the compiler.
Many C compilers are unable to handle the @samp{-g} and @samp{-O}
options together. Using those compilers, you cannot generate optimized
executables containing debugging information.
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
_GCC__, the GNU C compiler, supports @samp{-g} with or without
@samp{-O}, making it possible to debug optimized code. We recommend
that you @emph{always} use @samp{-g} whenever you compile a program.
You may think your program is correct, but there is no sense in pushing
your luck.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@cindex optimized code, debugging
@cindex debugging optimized code
When you debug a program compiled with @samp{-g -O}, remember that the
optimizer is rearranging your code; the debugger will show you what's
really there. Don't be too surprised when the execution path doesn't
exactly match your source file! An extreme example: if you define a
variable, but never use it, _GDBN__ will never see that
variable---because the compiler optimizes it out of existence.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Some things do not work as well with @samp{-g -O} as with just
@samp{-g}, particularly on machines with instruction scheduling. If in
doubt, recompile with @samp{-g} alone, and if this fixes the problem,
please report it as a bug (including a test case!).
Older versions of the GNU C compiler permitted a variant option
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@w{@samp{-gg}} for debugging information. _GDBN__ no longer supports this
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
format; if your GNU C compiler has this option, do not use it.
@ignore
@comment As far as I know, there are no cases in which _GDBN__ will
@comment produce strange output in this case. (but no promises).
If your program includes archives made with the @code{ar} program, and
if the object files used as input to @code{ar} were compiled without the
@samp{-g} option and have names longer than 15 characters, _GDBN__ will get
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
confused reading your program's symbol table. No error message will be
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
given, but _GDBN__ may behave strangely. The reason for this problem is a
deficiency in the Unix archive file format, which cannot represent file
names longer than 15 characters.
To avoid this problem, compile the archive members with the @samp{-g}
option or use shorter file names. Alternatively, use a version of GNU
@code{ar} dated more recently than August 1989.
@end ignore
@node Starting, Arguments, Compilation, Running
@section Starting your Program
@cindex starting
@cindex running
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item run
@itemx r
@kindex run
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Use the @code{run} command to start your program under _GDBN__. You must
first specify the program name
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
_if__(_VXWORKS__)
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
(except on VxWorks)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
with an argument to
_GDBN__ (@pxref{Invocation, ,Getting In and Out of _GDBN__}), or by using the
@code{file} or @code{exec-file} command (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to
Specify Files}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
If you are running your program in an execution environment that
supports processes, @code{run} creates an inferior process and makes
that process run your program. (In environments without processes,
@code{run} jumps to the start of your program.)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The execution of a program is affected by certain information it
receives from its superior. _GDBN__ provides ways to specify this
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
information, which you must do @emph{before} starting your program. (You
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
can change it after starting your program, but such changes will only affect
your program the next time you start it.) This information may be
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
divided into four categories:
@table @asis
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@item The @emph{arguments.}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@code{run} command. If a shell is available on your target, the shell
is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal conventions
(such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution) in describing
the arguments. In Unix systems, you can control which shell is used
with the @code{SHELL} environment variable. @xref{Arguments, ,Your
Program's Arguments}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@item The @emph{environment.}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Your program normally inherits its environment from _GDBN__, but you can
use the _GDBN__ commands @code{set environment} and @code{unset
environment} to change parts of the environment that will be given to
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
your program. @xref{Environment, ,Your Program's Environment}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@item The @emph{working directory.}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Your program inherits its working directory from _GDBN__. You can set
_GDBN__'s working directory with the @code{cd} command in _GDBN__.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@xref{Working Directory, ,Your Program's Working Directory}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@item The @emph{standard input and output.}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and
standard output as _GDBN__ is using. You can redirect input and output
in the @code{run} command line, or you can use the @code{tty} command to
set a different device for your program.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Input/Output, ,Your Program's Input and Output}.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@cindex pipes
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} While input and output redirection work, you cannot use
pipes to pass the output of the program you are debugging to another
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
program; if you attempt this, _GDBN__ is likely to wind up debugging the
wrong program.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c FIXME: Rewrite following paragraph, especially its third sentence.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
When you issue the @code{run} command, your program begins to execute
immediately. @xref{Stopping, ,Stopping and Continuing}, for
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
discussion of how to arrange for your program to stop. Once your
program has been started by the @code{run} command (and then stopped),
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
you may evaluate expressions that involve calls to functions in your
program, using the @code{print} or @code{call} commands. @xref{Data,
,Examining Data}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
last time _GDBN__ read its symbols, _GDBN__ will discard its symbol table and
re-read it. When it does this, _GDBN__ tries to retain your current
breakpoints.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Arguments, Environment, Starting, Running
@section Your Program's Arguments
@cindex arguments (to your program)
The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the
@code{run} command. They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
characters and performs redirection of I/O, and thence to your program.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ uses the shell indicated by your environment variable
@code{SHELL} if it exists; otherwise, _GDBN__ uses @code{/bin/sh}.
@code{run} with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous
@code{run}, or those set by the @code{set args} command.
@kindex set args
@table @code
@item set args
Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is run. If
@code{set args} has no arguments, @code{run} will execute your program
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
with no arguments. Once you have run your program with arguments,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
using @code{set args} before the next @code{run} is the only way to run
it again without arguments.
@item show args
@kindex show args
Show the arguments to give your program when it is started.
@end table
@node Environment, Working Directory, Arguments, Running
@section Your Program's Environment
@cindex environment (of your program)
The @dfn{environment} consists of a set of environment variables and
their values. Environment variables conventionally record such things as
your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search
path for programs to run. Usually you set up environment variables with
the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run. When
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
debugging, it can be useful to try running your program with a modified
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
environment without having to start _GDBN__ over again.
@table @code
@item path @var{directory}
@kindex path
Add @var{directory} to the front of the @code{PATH} environment variable
(the search path for executables), for both _GDBN__ and your program.
You may specify several directory names, separated by @samp{:} or
whitespace. If @var{directory} is already in the path, it is moved to
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
the front, so it will be searched sooner.
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You can use the string @samp{$cwd} to refer to whatever is the current
working directory at the time _GDBN__ searches the path. If you use
@samp{.} instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the
@code{path} command. _GDBN__ fills in the current path where needed in
the @var{directory} argument, before adding it to the search path.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c 'path' is explicitly nonrepeatable, but RMS points out it is silly to
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c document that, since repeating it would be a no-op.
@item show paths
@kindex show paths
Display the list of search paths for executables (the @code{PATH}
environment variable).
@item show environment @r{[}@var{varname}@r{]}
@kindex show environment
Print the value of environment variable @var{varname} to be given to
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
your program when it starts. If you do not supply @var{varname},
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
print the names and values of all environment variables to be given to
your program. You can abbreviate @code{environment} as @code{env}.
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@item set environment @var{varname} @r{[}=@r{]} @var{value}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex set environment
Sets environment variable @var{varname} to @var{value}. The value
changes for your program only, not for _GDBN__ itself. @var{value} may
be any string; the values of environment variables are just strings, and
any interpretation is supplied by your program itself. The @var{value}
parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to a
null value.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c "any string" here does not include leading, trailing
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c blanks. Gnu asks: does anyone care?
For example, this command:
@example
set env USER = foo
@end example
@noindent
tells a Unix program, when subsequently run, that its user is named
@samp{foo}. (The spaces around @samp{=} are used for clarity here; they
are not actually required.)
@item unset environment @var{varname}
@kindex unset environment
Remove variable @var{varname} from the environment to be passed to your
program. This is different from @samp{set env @var{varname} =};
@code{unset environment} removes the variable from the environment,
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
rather than assigning it an empty value.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@node Working Directory, Input/Output, Environment, Running
@section Your Program's Working Directory
@cindex working directory (of your program)
Each time you start your program with @code{run}, it inherits its
working directory from the current working directory of _GDBN__. _GDBN__'s
working directory is initially whatever it inherited from its parent
process (typically the shell), but you can specify a new working
directory in _GDBN__ with the @code{cd} command.
The _GDBN__ working directory also serves as a default for the commands
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
that specify files for _GDBN__ to operate on. @xref{Files, ,Commands to
Specify Files}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item cd @var{directory}
@kindex cd
Set _GDBN__'s working directory to @var{directory}.
@item pwd
@kindex pwd
Print _GDBN__'s working directory.
@end table
@node Input/Output, Attach, Working Directory, Running
@section Your Program's Input and Output
@cindex redirection
@cindex i/o
@cindex terminal
By default, the program you run under _GDBN__ does input and output to
the same terminal that _GDBN__ uses. _GDBN__ switches the terminal to
its own terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal
modes your program was using and switches back to them when you continue
running your program.
@table @code
@item info terminal
@kindex info terminal
Displays _GDBN__'s recorded information about the terminal modes your
program is using.
@end table
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
You can redirect your program's input and/or output using shell
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
redirection with the @code{run} command. For example,
_0__@example
run > outfile
_1__@end example
@noindent
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
starts your program, diverting its output to the file @file{outfile}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex tty
@cindex controlling terminal
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Another way to specify where your program should do input and output is
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
with the @code{tty} command. This command accepts a file name as
argument, and causes this file to be the default for future @code{run}
commands. It also resets the controlling terminal for the child
process, for future @code{run} commands. For example,
@example
tty /dev/ttyb
@end example
@noindent
directs that processes started with subsequent @code{run} commands
default to do input and output on the terminal @file{/dev/ttyb} and have
that as their controlling terminal.
An explicit redirection in @code{run} overrides the @code{tty} command's
effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling
terminal.
When you use the @code{tty} command or redirect input in the @code{run}
command, only the input @emph{for your program} is affected. The input
for _GDBN__ still comes from your terminal.
@node Attach, Kill Process, Input/Output, Running
@section Debugging an Already-Running Process
@kindex attach
@cindex attach
@table @code
@item attach @var{process-id}
This command
attaches to a running process---one that was started outside _GDBN__.
(@code{info files} will show your active targets.) The command takes as
argument a process ID. The usual way to find out the process-id of
a Unix process is with the @code{ps} utility, or with the @samp{jobs -l}
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
shell command.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@code{attach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} a second time after
executing the command.
@end table
To use @code{attach}, you must be debugging in an environment which
supports processes. You must also have permission to send the process a
signal, and it must have the same effective user ID as the _GDBN__
process.
When using @code{attach}, you should first use the @code{file} command
to specify the program running in the process and load its symbol table.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@xref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The first thing _GDBN__ does after arranging to debug the specified
process is to stop it. You can examine and modify an attached process
with all the _GDBN__ commands that are ordinarily available when you start
processes with @code{run}. You can insert breakpoints; you can step and
continue; you can modify storage. If you would rather the process
continue running, you may use the @code{continue} command after
attaching _GDBN__ to the process.
@table @code
@item detach
@kindex detach
When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use the
@code{detach} command to release it from _GDBN__'s control. Detaching
the process continues its execution. After the @code{detach} command,
that process and _GDBN__ become completely independent once more, and you
are ready to @code{attach} another process or start one with @code{run}.
@code{detach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
executing the command.
@end table
If you exit _GDBN__ or use the @code{run} command while you have an attached
process, you kill that process. By default, you will be asked for
confirmation if you try to do either of these things; you can control
whether or not you need to confirm by using the @code{set confirm} command
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and Messages}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
@node Kill Process, Process Information, Attach, Running
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c @group
@section Killing the Child Process
@table @code
@item kill
@kindex kill
Kill the child process in which your program is running under _GDBN__.
@end table
This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a
running process. _GDBN__ ignores any core dump file while your program
is running.
@c @end group
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
On some operating systems, a program cannot be executed outside _GDBN__
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
while you have breakpoints set on it inside _GDBN__. You can use the
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@code{kill} command in this situation to permit running your program
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
outside the debugger.
The @code{kill} command is also useful if you wish to recompile and
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
relink your program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
executable file while it is running in a process. In this case, when you
next type @code{run}, _GDBN__ will notice that the file has changed, and
will re-read the symbol table (while trying to preserve your current
breakpoint settings).
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
@node Process Information, , Kill Process, Running
@section Additional Process Information
@kindex /proc
@cindex process image
Some operating systems provide a facility called @samp{/proc} that can
Updates to text on "info proc".
1992-04-06 23:40:23 +00:00
be used to examine the image of a running process using file-system
subroutines. If _GDBN__ is configured for an operating system with this
facility, the command @code{info proc} is available to report on several
kinds of information about the process running your program.
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
@table @code
@item info proc
@kindex info proc
Summarize available information about the process.
@item info proc mappings
@kindex info proc mappings
Report on the address ranges accessible in the program, with information
on whether your program may read, write, or execute each range.
@item info proc times
@kindex info proc times
Starting time, user CPU time, and system CPU time for your program and
its children.
@item info proc id
@kindex info proc id
Report on the process ID's related to your program: its own process id,
the id of its parent, the process group id, and the session id.
@item info proc status
@kindex info proc status
General information on the state of the process. If the process is
stopped, this report includes the reason for stopping, and any signal
received.
Updates to text on "info proc".
1992-04-06 23:40:23 +00:00
@item info proc all
Show all the above information about the process.
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
@end table
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Stopping, Stack, Running, Top
@chapter Stopping and Continuing
The principal purpose of using a debugger is so that you can stop your
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
program before it terminates; or so that, if your program runs into
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
trouble, you can investigate and find out why.
Inside _GDBN__, your program may stop for any of several reasons, such
as a signal, a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a _GDBN__
command such as @code{step}. You may then examine and change
variables, set new breakpoints or remove old ones, and then continue
execution. Usually, the messages shown by _GDBN__ provide ample
explanation of the status of your program---but you can also explicitly
request this information at any time.
@table @code
@item info program
@kindex info program
Display information about the status of your program: whether it is
running or not, what process it is, and why it stopped.
@end table
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
* Signals:: Signals
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@node Breakpoints, Continuing and Stepping, Stopping, Stopping
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@section Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
@cindex breakpoints
A @dfn{breakpoint} makes your program stop whenever a certain point in
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
the program is reached. For each breakpoint, you can add various
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
conditions to control in finer detail whether your program will stop.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You can set breakpoints with the @code{break} command and its variants
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}), to specify the place where
your program should stop by line number, function name or exact address
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
in the program. In languages with exception handling (such as GNU
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
C++), you can also set breakpoints where an exception is raised
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(@pxref{Exception Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@cindex watchpoints
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@cindex memory tracing
@cindex breakpoint on memory address
@cindex breakpoint on variable modification
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
A @dfn{watchpoint} is a special breakpoint that stops your program
when the value of an expression changes. You must use a different
command to set watchpoints (@pxref{Set Watchpoints, ,Setting
Watchpoints}), but aside from that, you can manage a watchpoint like
any other breakpoint: you enable, disable, and delete both breakpoints
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
and watchpoints using the same commands.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@cindex breakpoint numbers
@cindex numbers for breakpoints
_GDBN__ assigns a number to each breakpoint or watchpoint when you
create it; these numbers are successive integers starting with one. In
many of the commands for controlling various features of breakpoints you
use the breakpoint number to say which breakpoint you want to change.
Each breakpoint may be @dfn{enabled} or @dfn{disabled}; if disabled, it has
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
no effect on your program until you enable it again.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
* Conditions:: Break Conditions
* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
* Error in Breakpoints::
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Set Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints, Breakpoints
@subsection Setting Breakpoints
Record (as comments) three FIXMEs.
1991-11-06 00:36:08 +00:00
@c FIXME LMB what does GDB do if no code on line of breakpt?
@c consider in particular declaration with/without initialization.
@c
@c FIXME 2 is there stuff on this already? break at fun start, already init?
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex break
@kindex b
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@kindex $bpnum
@cindex latest breakpoint
Breakpoints are set with the @code{break} command (abbreviated
@code{b}). The debugger convenience variable @samp{$bpnum} records the
number of the beakpoint you've set most recently; see @ref{Convenience
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
Vars,, Convenience Variables}, for a discussion of what you can do with
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
convenience variables.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You have several ways to say where the breakpoint should go.
@table @code
@item break @var{function}
Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function}. When using source
languages that permit overloading of symbols, such as C++,
@var{function} may refer to more than one possible place to break.
@xref{Breakpoint Menus}, for a discussion of that situation.
@item break +@var{offset}
@itemx break -@var{offset}
Set a breakpoint some number of lines forward or back from the position
at which execution stopped in the currently selected frame.
@item break @var{linenum}
Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in the current source file.
That file is the last file whose source text was printed. This
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
breakpoint will stop your program just before it executes any of the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
code on that line.
@item break @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in source file @var{filename}.
@item break @var{filename}:@var{function}
Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function} found in file
@var{filename}. Specifying a file name as well as a function name is
superfluous except when multiple files contain similarly named
functions.
@item break *@var{address}
Set a breakpoint at address @var{address}. You can use this to set
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
breakpoints in parts of your program which do not have debugging
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
information or source files.
@item break
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
When called without any arguments, @code{break} sets a breakpoint at
the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame
(@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the Stack}). In any selected frame but the
innermost, this will cause your program to stop as soon as control
returns to that frame. This is similar to the effect of a
@code{finish} command in the frame inside the selected frame---except
that @code{finish} does not leave an active breakpoint. If you use
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@code{break} without an argument in the innermost frame, _GDBN__ will stop
the next time it reaches the current location; this may be useful
inside loops.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until at
least one instruction has been executed. If it did not do this, you
would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without first disabling the
breakpoint. This rule applies whether or not the breakpoint already
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
existed when your program stopped.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item break @dots{} if @var{cond}
Set a breakpoint with condition @var{cond}; evaluate the expression
@var{cond} each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
value is nonzero---that is, if @var{cond} evaluates as true.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@samp{@dots{}} stands for one of the possible arguments described
above (or no argument) specifying where to break. @xref{Conditions,
,Break Conditions}, for more information on breakpoint conditions.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item tbreak @var{args}
@kindex tbreak
Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop. @var{args} are the
same as for the @code{break} command, and the breakpoint is set in the same
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
way, but the breakpoint is automatically disabled after the first time your
program stops there. @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling Breakpoints}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item rbreak @var{regex}
@kindex rbreak
@cindex regular expression
Record (as comments) three FIXMEs.
1991-11-06 00:36:08 +00:00
@c FIXME what kind of regexp?
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@var{regex}. This command
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
sets an unconditional breakpoint on all matches, printing a list of all
breakpoints it set. Once these breakpoints are set, they are treated
just like the breakpoints set with the @code{break} command. They can
be deleted, disabled, made conditional, etc., in the standard ways.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
When debugging C++ programs, @code{rbreak} is useful for setting
breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
classes.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex info breakpoints
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info breakpoints}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item info breakpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@itemx info break @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
@itemx info watchpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
Print a table of all breakpoints and watchpoints set and not
deleted, with the following columns for each breakpoint:
@table @emph
@item Breakpoint Numbers
@item Type
Breakpoint or watchpoint.
@item Disposition
Whether the breakpoint is marked to be disabled or deleted when hit.
@item Enabled or Disabled
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
Enabled breakpoints are marked with @samp{y}. @samp{n} marks breakpoints
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
that are not enabled.
@item Address
Where the breakpoint is in your program, as a memory address
@item What
Where the breakpoint is in the source for your program, as a file and
line number.
@end table
@noindent
Breakpoint commands, if any, are listed after the line for the
corresponding breakpoint.
@noindent
@code{info break} with a breakpoint
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
number @var{n} as argument lists only that breakpoint. The
convenience variable @code{$_} and the default examining-address for
the @code{x} command are set to the address of the last breakpoint
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
listed (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}).
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end table
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_GDBN__ allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in
your program. There is nothing silly or meaningless about this. When
the breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@cindex negative breakpoint numbers
@cindex internal _GDBN__ breakpoints
_GDBN__ itself sometimes sets breakpoints in your program for special
purposes, such as proper handling of @code{longjmp} (in C programs).
These internal breakpoints are assigned negative numbers, starting with
@code{-1}; @samp{info breakpoints} does not display them, but the
similar command @samp{info all-breakpoints} does.
@table @code
@kindex all-breakpoints
@item info all-breakpoints
Using the same format as @samp{info breakpoints}, display both the
breakpoints you've set explicitly, and those _GDBN__ is using for
internal purposes. Internal breakpoints are shown with negative
breakpoint numbers. The type column identifies what kind of breakpoint
is shown:
@table @code
@item breakpoint
Normal, explicitly set breakpoint.
@item watchpoint
Normal, explicitly set watchpoint.
@item longjmp
Internal breakpoint, used to handle correctly stepping through
@code{longjmp} calls.
@item longjmp resume
Internal breakpoint at the target of a @code{longjmp}.
@item until
Temporary internal breakpoint used by the _GDBN__ @code{until} command.
@item finish
Temporary internal breakpoint used by the _GDBN__ @code{finish} command.
@end table
@end table
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Set Watchpoints, Exception Handling, Set Breaks, Breakpoints
@subsection Setting Watchpoints
@cindex setting watchpoints
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
expression changes, without having to predict a particular place
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
where this may happen.
Watchpoints currently execute two orders of magnitude more slowly than
other breakpoints, but this can well be worth it to catch errors where
you have no clue what part of your program is the culprit. Some
processors provide special hardware to support watchpoint evaluation; future
releases of _GDBN__ will use such hardware if it is available.
@table @code
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@kindex watch
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item watch @var{expr}
Set a watchpoint for an expression.
@kindex info watchpoints
@item info watchpoints
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
This command prints a list of watchpoints and breakpoints; it is the
same as @code{info break}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@node Exception Handling, Delete Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints
@subsection Breakpoints and Exceptions
@cindex exception handlers
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
Some languages, such as GNU C++, implement exception handling. You can
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
use _GDBN__ to examine what caused your program to raise an exception,
and to list the exceptions your program is prepared to handle at a
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
given point in time.
@table @code
@item catch @var{exceptions}
@kindex catch
You can set breakpoints at active exception handlers by using the
@code{catch} command. @var{exceptions} is a list of names of exceptions
to catch.
@end table
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
You can use @code{info catch} to list active exception handlers.
@xref{Frame Info, ,Information About a Frame}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
There are currently some limitations to exception handling in _GDBN__.
These will be corrected in a future release.
@itemize @bullet
@item
If you call a function interactively, _GDBN__ normally returns
control to you when the function has finished executing. If the call
raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism that
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
returns control to you and cause your program to simply continue
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
running until it hits a breakpoint, catches a signal that _GDBN__ is
listening for, or exits.
@item
You cannot raise an exception interactively.
@item
You cannot interactively install an exception handler.
@end itemize
@cindex raise exceptions
Sometimes @code{catch} is not the best way to debug exception handling:
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it is better to
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
stop @emph{before} the exception handler is called, since that way you
can see the stack before any unwinding takes place. If you set a
breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find
out where the exception was raised.
To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
knowledge of the implementation. In the case of GNU C++, exceptions are
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
raised by calling a library function named @code{__raise_exception}
which has the following ANSI C interface:
@example
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
/* @var{addr} is where the exception identifier is stored.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
ID is the exception identifier. */
void __raise_exception (void **@var{addr}, void *@var{id});
@end example
@noindent
To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack
unwinding takes place, set a breakpoint on @code{__raise_exception}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints Watchpoints and Exceptions}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
With a conditional breakpoint (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions})
that depends on the value of @var{id}, you can stop your program when
a specific exception is raised. You can use multiple conditional
breakpoints to stop your program when any of a number of exceptions are
raised.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Delete Breaks, Disabling, Exception Handling, Breakpoints
@subsection Deleting Breakpoints
@cindex clearing breakpoints, watchpoints
@cindex deleting breakpoints, watchpoints
It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint or watchpoint once it
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
has done its job and you no longer want your program to stop there. This
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
is called @dfn{deleting} the breakpoint. A breakpoint that has been
deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten.
With the @code{clear} command you can delete breakpoints according to
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
where they are in your program. With the @code{delete} command you can
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
delete individual breakpoints or watchpoints by specifying their
breakpoint numbers.
It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it. _GDBN__
automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be executed
when you continue execution without changing the execution address.
@table @code
@item clear
@kindex clear
Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in the
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}). When
the innermost frame is selected, this is a good way to delete a
breakpoint where your program just stopped.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item clear @var{function}
@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{function}
Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the function @var{function}.
@item clear @var{linenum}
@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the specified line.
@item delete @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
@cindex delete breakpoints
@kindex delete
@kindex d
Delete the breakpoints or watchpoints of the numbers specified as
arguments. If no argument is specified, delete all breakpoints (_GDBN__
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
asks confirmation, unless you have @code{set confirm off}). You
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
can abbreviate this command as @code{d}.
@end table
@node Disabling, Conditions, Delete Breaks, Breakpoints
@subsection Disabling Breakpoints
@cindex disabled breakpoints
@cindex enabled breakpoints
Rather than deleting a breakpoint or watchpoint, you might prefer to
@dfn{disable} it. This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if it had
been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so that
you can @dfn{enable} it again later.
You disable and enable breakpoints and watchpoints with the
@code{enable} and @code{disable} commands, optionally specifying one or
more breakpoint numbers as arguments. Use @code{info break} or
@code{info watch} to print a list of breakpoints or watchpoints if you
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
do not know which numbers to use.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
A breakpoint or watchpoint can have any of four different states of
enablement:
@itemize @bullet
@item
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Enabled. The breakpoint will stop your program. A breakpoint set
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
with the @code{break} command starts out in this state.
@item
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Disabled. The breakpoint has no effect on your program.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Enabled once. The breakpoint will stop your program, but
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
when it does so it will become disabled. A breakpoint set
with the @code{tbreak} command starts out in this state.
@item
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Enabled for deletion. The breakpoint will stop your program, but
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
immediately after it does so it will be deleted permanently.
@end itemize
You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints and
watchpoints:
@table @code
@item disable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
@kindex disable breakpoints
@kindex disable
@kindex dis
Disable the specified breakpoints---or all breakpoints, if none are
listed. A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten. All
options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are remembered in
case the breakpoint is enabled again later. You may abbreviate
@code{disable} as @code{dis}.
@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
@kindex enable breakpoints
@kindex enable
Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints). They
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
become effective once again in stopping your program.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} once @var{bnums}@dots{}
Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily. Each will be disabled
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
again the next time it stops your program.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} delete @var{bnums}@dots{}
Enable the specified breakpoints to work once and then die. Each of
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
the breakpoints will be deleted the next time it stops your program.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Save for a breakpoint set with @code{tbreak} (@pxref{Set Breaks,
,Setting Breakpoints}), breakpoints that you set are initially
enabled; subsequently, they become disabled or enabled only when you
use one of the commands above. (The command @code{until} can set and
delete a breakpoint of its own, but it will not change the state of
Fix punctuation error in node Disabling, spotted by gnu.
1992-03-06 20:05:04 +00:00
your other breakpoints; see @ref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}.)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Conditions, Break Commands, Disabling, Breakpoints
@subsection Break Conditions
@cindex conditional breakpoints
@cindex breakpoint conditions
Record (as comments) three FIXMEs.
1991-11-06 00:36:08 +00:00
@c FIXME what is scope of break condition expr? Context where wanted?
@c in particular for a watchpoint?
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time your program reaches a
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
specified place. You can also specify a @dfn{condition} for a
breakpoint. A condition is just a Boolean expression in your
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
programming language (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). A breakpoint with
a condition evaluates the expression each time your program reaches it,
and your program stops only if the condition is @emph{true}.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in that
situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated---that is,
when the condition is false. In C, if you want to test an assertion expressed
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
by the condition @var{assert}, you should set the condition
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@samp{! @var{assert}} on the appropriate breakpoint.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them,
since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow---but
it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name,
and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an interesting
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
one.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Break conditions can have side effects, and may even call functions in
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
your program. This can be useful, for example, to activate functions
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to
format special data structures. The effects are completely predictable
unless there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address. (In
that case, _GDBN__ might see the other breakpoint first and stop your
program without checking the condition of this one.) Note that
breakpoint commands are usually more convenient and flexible for the
purpose of performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached
(@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint Command Lists}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@samp{if} in the arguments to the @code{break} command. @xref{Set
Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}. They can also be changed at any time
with the @code{condition} command. The @code{watch} command does not
recognize the @code{if} keyword; @code{condition} is the only way to
impose a further condition on a watchpoint.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@table @code
@item condition @var{bnum} @var{expression}
@kindex condition
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Specify @var{expression} as the break condition for breakpoint or
watchpoint number @var{bnum}. From now on, this breakpoint will stop
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
your program only if the value of @var{expression} is true (nonzero, in
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
C). When you use @code{condition}, _GDBN__ checks @var{expression}
immediately for syntactic correctness, and to determine whether symbols
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
in it have referents in the context of your breakpoint.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c FIXME so what does GDB do if there is no referent? Moreover, what
Record (as comments) three FIXMEs.
1991-11-06 00:36:08 +00:00
@c about watchpoints?
_GDBN__ does
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
not actually evaluate @var{expression} at the time the @code{condition}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
command is given, however. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item condition @var{bnum}
Remove the condition from breakpoint number @var{bnum}. It becomes
an ordinary unconditional breakpoint.
@end table
@cindex ignore count (of breakpoint)
A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the
breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times. This is so
useful that there is a special way to do it, using the @dfn{ignore
count} of the breakpoint. Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which
is an integer. Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
therefore has no effect. But if your program reaches a breakpoint whose
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
ignore count is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements
the ignore count by one and continues. As a result, if the ignore count
value is @var{n}, the breakpoint will not stop the next @var{n} times it
is reached.
@table @code
@item ignore @var{bnum} @var{count}
@kindex ignore
Set the ignore count of breakpoint number @var{bnum} to @var{count}.
The next @var{count} times the breakpoint is reached, your program's
execution will not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, _GDBN__
takes no action.
To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify
a count of zero.
@item continue @var{count}
@itemx c @var{count}
@itemx fg @var{count}
@kindex continue @var{count}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Continue execution of your program, setting the ignore count of the
breakpoint where your program stopped to @var{count} minus one.
Thus, your program will not stop at this breakpoint until the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@var{count}'th time it is reached.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
An argument to this command is meaningful only when your program stopped
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
due to a breakpoint. At other times, the argument to @code{continue} is
ignored.
The synonym @code{fg} is provided purely for convenience, and has
exactly the same behavior as other forms of the command.
@end table
If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the condition
is not checked. Once the ignore count reaches zero, the condition will
be checked.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a condition such
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
as _0__@w{@samp{$foo-- <= 0}}_1__ using a debugger convenience variable that
is decremented each time. @xref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
Variables}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Break Commands, Breakpoint Menus, Conditions, Breakpoints
@subsection Breakpoint Command Lists
@cindex breakpoint commands
You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint) a series of commands to
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
execute when your program stops due to that breakpoint. For example, you
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
might want to print the values of certain expressions, or enable other
breakpoints.
@table @code
@item commands @r{[}@var{bnum}@r{]}
@itemx @dots{} @var{command-list} @dots{}
@itemx end
@kindex commands
@kindex end
Specify a list of commands for breakpoint number @var{bnum}. The commands
themselves appear on the following lines. Type a line containing just
@code{end} to terminate the commands.
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type @code{commands} and
follow it immediately with @code{end}; that is, give no commands.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
With no @var{bnum} argument, @code{commands} refers to the last
breakpoint or watchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most recently
encountered).
@end table
Pressing @key{RET} as a means of repeating the last _GDBN__ command is
disabled within a @var{command-list}.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
You can use breakpoint commands to start your program up again. Simply
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
use the @code{continue} command, or @code{step}, or any other command
that resumes execution. Subsequent commands in the command list are
ignored.
@kindex silent
If the first command specified is @code{silent}, the usual message about
stopping at a breakpoint is not printed. This may be desirable for
breakpoints that are to print a specific message and then continue.
If the remaining commands too print nothing, you will see no sign that
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
the breakpoint was reached at all. @code{silent} is meaningful only
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
at the beginning of a breakpoint command list.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
The commands @code{echo} and @code{output} that allow you to print
precisely controlled output are often useful in silent breakpoints.
@xref{Output, ,Commands for Controlled Output}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print the
value of @code{x} at entry to @code{foo} whenever @code{x} is positive.
_0__@example
break foo if x>0
commands
silent
echo x is\040
output x
echo \n
cont
end
_1__@end example
One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug so
you can test for another. Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous line
of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something
erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values
to any variables that need them. End with the @code{continue} command
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
so that your program does not stop, and start with the @code{silent}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
command so that no output is produced. Here is an example:
@example
break 403
commands
silent
set x = y + 4
cont
end
@end example
@cindex lost output
One deficiency in the operation of automatically continuing breakpoints
under Unix appears when your program uses raw mode for the terminal.
_GDBN__ switches back to its own terminal modes (not raw) before executing
commands, and then must switch back to raw mode when your program is
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
continued. This causes any pending terminal input to be lost.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c FIXME: revisit below when GNU sys avail.
@c In the GNU system, this will be fixed by changing the behavior of
@c terminal modes.
Under Unix, you can get around this problem by writing actions into
the breakpoint condition rather than in commands. For example
@example
condition 5 (x = y + 4), 0
@end example
@noindent
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
specifies a condition expression (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) that will
change @code{x} as needed, then always have the value zero so your
program will not stop. No input is lost here, because _GDBN__ evaluates
break conditions without changing the terminal modes. When you want
to have nontrivial conditions for performing the side effects, the
operators @samp{&&}, @samp{||} and @samp{?@dots{}:} may be useful.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Breakpoint Menus, Error in Breakpoints, Break Commands, Breakpoints
@subsection Breakpoint Menus
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@cindex overloading
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@cindex symbol overloading
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Some programming languages (notably C++) permit a single function name
to be defined several times, for application in different contexts.
This is called @dfn{overloading}. When a function name is overloaded,
@samp{break @var{function}} is not enough to tell _GDBN__ where you
want a breakpoint. _GDBN__ offers you a menu of numbered choices for
different possible breakpoints, and waits for your selection with the
prompt @samp{>}. The first two options are always @samp{[0] cancel}
and @samp{[1] all}. Typing @kbd{1} sets a breakpoint at each
definition of @var{function}, and typing @kbd{0} aborts the
@code{break} command without setting any new breakpoints.
For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
breakpoint at the overloaded symbol @code{String::after}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
We choose three particular definitions of that function name:
@example
(_GDBP__) b String::after
[0] cancel
[1] all
[2] file:String.cc; line number:867
[3] file:String.cc; line number:860
[4] file:String.cc; line number:875
[5] file:String.cc; line number:853
[6] file:String.cc; line number:846
[7] file:String.cc; line number:735
> 2 4 6
Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867.
Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875.
Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846.
Multiple breakpoints were set.
Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted breakpoints.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
(_GDBP__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
@node Error in Breakpoints, , Breakpoint Menus, Breakpoints
@subsection ``Cannot Insert Breakpoints''
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@c FIXME: "cannot insert breakpoints" error, v unclear.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c Q in pending mail to Gilmore. ---pesch@cygnus.com, 26mar91
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@c some light may be shed by looking at instances of
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
@c ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT. But error message seems possible otherwise
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@c too. pesch, 20sep91
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Under some operating systems, breakpoints cannot be used in a program if
any other process is running that program. In this situation,
attempting to run or continue a program with a breakpoint causes _GDBN__
to stop the other process.
When this happens, you have three ways to proceed:
@enumerate
@item
Remove or disable the breakpoints, then continue.
@item
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Suspend _GDBN__, and copy the file containing your program to a new name.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Resume _GDBN__ and use the @code{exec-file} command to specify that _GDBN__
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
should run your program under that name. Then start your program again.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c FIXME: RMS commented here "Show example". Maybe when someone
@c explains the first FIXME: in this section...
@item
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Relink your program so that the text segment is nonsharable, using the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
linker option @samp{-N}. The operating system limitation may not apply
to nonsharable executables.
@end enumerate
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@node Continuing and Stepping, Signals, Breakpoints, Stopping
@section Continuing and Stepping
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@cindex stepping
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@cindex continuing
@cindex resuming execution
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@dfn{Continuing} means resuming program execution until your program
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
completes normally. In contrast, @dfn{stepping} means executing just
one more ``step'' of your program, where ``step'' may mean either one
line of source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what
particular command you use). Either when continuing
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
or when stepping, your program may stop even sooner, due to a breakpoint
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
or to a signal. (If due to a signal, you may want to use @code{handle},
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
or use @samp{signal 0} to resume execution. @xref{Signals, ,Signals}.)
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@table @code
@item continue @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]}
@kindex continue
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Resume program execution, at the address where your program last stopped;
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed. The optional argument
@var{ignore-count} allows you to specify a further number of times to
ignore a breakpoint at this location; its effect is like that of
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@code{ignore} (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
To resume execution at a different place, you can use @code{return}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}) to go back to the
calling function; or @code{jump} (@pxref{Jumping, ,Continuing at a
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Different Address}) to go to an arbitrary location in your program.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@end table
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints Watchpoints and Exceptions}) at the
beginning of the function or the section of your program where a
problem is believed to lie, run your program until it stops at that
breakpoint, and then step through the suspect area, examining the
variables that are interesting, until you see the problem happen.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item step
@kindex step
@kindex s
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Continue running your program until control reaches a different source
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
line, then stop it and return control to _GDBN__. This command is
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
abbreviated @code{s}.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} If you use the @code{step} command while control is
within a function that was compiled without debugging information,
execution will proceed until control reaches another function.
@end quotation
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item step @var{count}
Continue running as in @code{step}, but do so @var{count} times. If a
breakpoint is reached or a signal not related to stepping occurs before
@var{count} steps, stepping stops right away.
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@item next @r{[}@var{count}@r{]}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex next
@kindex n
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack frame.
Similar to @code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the line
of code are executed without stopping. Execution stops when control
reaches a different line of code at the stack level which was executing
when the @code{next} command was given. This command is abbreviated
@code{n}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
An argument @var{count} is a repeat count, as for @code{step}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@code{next} within a function that lacks debugging information acts like
@code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the code of the
function are executed without stopping.
@item finish
@kindex finish
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
Continue running until just after function in the selected stack frame
returns. Print the returned value (if any).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Contrast this with the @code{return} command (@pxref{Returning,
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
,Returning from a Function}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item until
@kindex until
@item u
@kindex u
Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the
current stack frame, is reached. This command is used to avoid single
stepping through a loop more than once. It is like the @code{next}
command, except that when @code{until} encounters a jump, it
automatically continues execution until the program counter is greater
than the address of the jump.
This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single stepping
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
though it, @code{until} will cause your program to continue execution
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
until the loop is exited. In contrast, a @code{next} command at the end
of a loop will simply step back to the beginning of the loop, which
would force you to step through the next iteration.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@code{until} always stops your program if it attempts to exit the current
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
stack frame.
@code{until} may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
of machine code does not match the order of the source lines. For
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the @code{f}
(@code{frame}) command shows that execution is stopped at line
@code{206}; yet when we use @code{until}, we get to line @code{195}:
@example
(_GDBP__) f
#0 main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
206 expand_input();
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(_GDBP__) until
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
195 for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) @{
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had
generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than the
start, of the loop---even though the test in a C @code{for}-loop is
written before the body of the loop. The @code{until} command appeared
to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this
expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier
statement---not in terms of the actual machine code.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@code{until} with no argument works by means of single
instruction stepping, and hence is slower than @code{until} with an
argument.
@item until @var{location}
@item u @var{location}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Continue running your program until either the specified location is
reached, or the current stack frame returns. @var{location} is any of
the forms of argument acceptable to @code{break} (@pxref{Set Breaks,
,Setting Breakpoints}). This form of the command uses breakpoints,
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
and hence is quicker than @code{until} without an argument.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item stepi
@itemx si
@kindex stepi
@kindex si
Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the debugger.
It is often useful to do @samp{display/i $pc} when stepping by machine
instructions. This will cause the next instruction to be executed to
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
be displayed automatically at each stop. @xref{Auto Display,
,Automatic Display}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{step}.
@item nexti
@itemx ni
@kindex nexti
@kindex ni
Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call,
proceed until the function returns.
An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{next}.
@end table
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@node Signals, , Continuing and Stepping, Stopping
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@section Signals
@cindex signals
A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program. The
operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each
kind a name and a number. For example, in Unix @code{SIGINT} is the
signal a program gets when you type an interrupt (often @kbd{C-c});
@code{SIGSEGV} is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in
memory far away from all the areas in use; @code{SIGALRM} occurs when
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
the alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if your program has
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
requested an alarm).
@cindex fatal signals
Some signals, including @code{SIGALRM}, are a normal part of the
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
functioning of your program. Others, such as @code{SIGSEGV}, indicate
errors; these signals are @dfn{fatal} (kill your program immediately) if the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
program has not specified in advance some other way to handle the signal.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@code{SIGINT} does not indicate an error in your program, but it is normally
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt: to kill the program.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_GDBN__ has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in your
program. You can tell _GDBN__ in advance what to do for each kind of
signal.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@cindex handling signals
Normally, _GDBN__ is set up to ignore non-erroneous signals like @code{SIGALRM}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(so as not to interfere with their role in the functioning of your program)
but to stop your program immediately whenever an error signal happens.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You can change these settings with the @code{handle} command.
@table @code
@item info signals
@kindex info signals
Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how _GDBN__ has been told to
handle each one. You can use this to see the signal numbers of all
the defined types of signals.
@item handle @var{signal} @var{keywords}@dots{}
@kindex handle
Change the way _GDBN__ handles signal @var{signal}. @var{signal} can be the
number of a signal or its name (with or without the @samp{SIG} at the
beginning). The @var{keywords} say what change to make.
@end table
@c @group
The keywords allowed by the @code{handle} command can be abbreviated.
Their full names are:
@table @code
@item nostop
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_GDBN__ should not stop your program when this signal happens. It may
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
still print a message telling you that the signal has come in.
@item stop
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_GDBN__ should stop your program when this signal happens. This implies
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
the @code{print} keyword as well.
@item print
_GDBN__ should print a message when this signal happens.
@item noprint
_GDBN__ should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all. This
implies the @code{nostop} keyword as well.
@item pass
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_GDBN__ should allow your program to see this signal; your program will be
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
able to handle the signal, or may be terminated if the signal is fatal
and not handled.
@item nopass
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_GDBN__ should not allow your program to see this signal.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@c @end group
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
When a signal has been set to stop your program, your program cannot see the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
signal until you continue. It will see the signal then, if @code{pass} is
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
in effect for the signal in question @emph{at that time}. In other words,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
after _GDBN__ reports a signal, you can use the @code{handle} command with
@code{pass} or @code{nopass} to control whether that signal will be seen by
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
your program when you later continue it.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
You can also use the @code{signal} command to prevent your program from
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see,
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
or to give it any signal at any time. For example, if your program stopped
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store correct
values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see more
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
execution; but your program would probably terminate immediately as
a result of the fatal signal once it saw the signal. To prevent this,
you can continue with @samp{signal 0}. @xref{Signaling, ,Giving your
Program a Signal}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Stack, Source, Stopping, Top
@chapter Examining the Stack
When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is where it
stopped and how it got there.
@cindex call stack
Each time your program performs a function call, the information about
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
where in your program the call was made from is saved in a block of data
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
called a @dfn{stack frame}. The frame also contains the arguments of the
call and the local variables of the function that was called. All the
stack frames are allocated in a region of memory called the @dfn{call
stack}.
When your program stops, the _GDBN__ commands for examining the stack allow you
to see all of this information.
@cindex selected frame
One of the stack frames is @dfn{selected} by _GDBN__ and many _GDBN__ commands
refer implicitly to the selected frame. In particular, whenever you ask
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
_GDBN__ for the value of a variable in your program, the value is found in the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
selected frame. There are special _GDBN__ commands to select whichever frame
you are interested in.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
When your program stops, _GDBN__ automatically selects the currently executing
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
frame and describes it briefly as the @code{frame} command does
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information About a Frame}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Frames:: Stack Frames
* Backtrace:: Backtraces
* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Frames, Backtrace, Stack, Stack
@section Stack Frames
@cindex frame
@cindex stack frame
The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called @dfn{stack
frames}, or @dfn{frames} for short; each frame is the data associated
with one call to one function. The frame contains the arguments given
to the function, the function's local variables, and the address at
which the function is executing.
@cindex initial frame
@cindex outermost frame
@cindex innermost frame
When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of the
function @code{main}. This is called the @dfn{initial} frame or the
@dfn{outermost} frame. Each time a function is called, a new frame is
made. Each time a function returns, the frame for that function invocation
is eliminated. If a function is recursive, there can be many frames for
the same function. The frame for the function in which execution is
actually occurring is called the @dfn{innermost} frame. This is the most
recently created of all the stack frames that still exist.
@cindex frame pointer
Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses. A
stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own address; each
kind of computer has a convention for choosing one of those bytes whose
address serves as the address of the frame. Usually this address is kept
in a register called the @dfn{frame pointer register} while execution is
going on in that frame.
@cindex frame number
_GDBN__ assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with
zero for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it,
and so on upward. These numbers do not really exist in your program;
they are assigned by _GDBN__ to give you a way of designating stack
frames in _GDBN__ commands.
@cindex frameless execution
Some compilers allow functions to be compiled so that they operate
without stack frames. (For example, the @code{_GCC__} option
@samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} will generate functions without a frame.)
This is occasionally done with heavily used library functions to save
the frame setup time. _GDBN__ has limited facilities for dealing with
these function invocations. If the innermost function invocation has no
stack frame, _GDBN__ will nevertheless regard it as though it had a
separate frame, which is numbered zero as usual, allowing correct
tracing of the function call chain. However, _GDBN__ has no provision
for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack.
@node Backtrace, Selection, Frames, Stack
@section Backtraces
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
A backtrace is a summary of how your program got where it is. It shows one
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently executing
frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and on up the
stack.
@table @code
@item backtrace
@itemx bt
@kindex backtrace
@kindex bt
Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all
frames in the stack.
You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system interrupt
character, normally @kbd{C-c}.
@item backtrace @var{n}
@itemx bt @var{n}
Similar, but print only the innermost @var{n} frames.
@item backtrace -@var{n}
@itemx bt -@var{n}
Similar, but print only the outermost @var{n} frames.
@end table
@kindex where
@kindex info stack
@kindex info s
The names @code{where} and @code{info stack} (abbreviated @code{info s})
are additional aliases for @code{backtrace}.
Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function name.
The program counter value is also shown---unless you use @code{set
print address off}. The backtrace also shows the source file name and
line number, as well as the arguments to the function. The program
counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that
line number.
Here is an example of a backtrace. It was made with the command
@samp{bt 3}, so it shows the innermost three frames.
@smallexample
@group
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
#0 m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
at builtin.c:993
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
#1 0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600) at macro.c:242
#2 0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08)
at macro.c:71
(More stack frames follow...)
@end group
@end smallexample
@noindent
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
The display for frame zero does not begin with a program counter
value, indicating that your program has stopped at the beginning of the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
code for line @code{993} of @code{builtin.c}.
@node Selection, Frame Info, Backtrace, Stack
@section Selecting a Frame
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Most commands for examining the stack and other data in your program work on
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
whichever stack frame is selected at the moment. Here are the commands for
selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a brief description
of the stack frame just selected.
@table @code
@item frame @var{n}
@itemx f @var{n}
@kindex frame
@kindex f
Select frame number @var{n}. Recall that frame zero is the innermost
(currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the
innermost one, and so on. The highest-numbered frame is @code{main}'s
frame.
@item frame @var{addr}
@itemx f @var{addr}
Select the frame at address @var{addr}. This is useful mainly if the
chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it
impossible for _GDBN__ to assign numbers properly to all frames. In
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
addition, this can be useful when your program has multiple stacks and
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
switches between them.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 05:15:13; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +19 -18) (1) fix typo ('_if_' and '_fi_' for '_if__' and '_fi__'!) (2) prepare for semi-auto xref updating by rejoining xrefs broken across lines
1991-10-09 00:31:02 +00:00
_if__(_SPARC__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
On the SPARC architecture, @code{frame} needs two addresses to
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
select an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c note to future updaters: this is conditioned on a flag
@c FRAME_SPECIFICATION_DYADIC in the tm-*.h files, currently only used
@c by SPARC, hence the specific attribution. Generalize or list all
@c possibilities if more supported machines start doing this.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 05:15:13; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +19 -18) (1) fix typo ('_if_' and '_fi_' for '_if__' and '_fi__'!) (2) prepare for semi-auto xref updating by rejoining xrefs broken across lines
1991-10-09 00:31:02 +00:00
_fi__(_SPARC__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item up @var{n}
@kindex up
Move @var{n} frames up the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
advances toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames
that have existed longer. @var{n} defaults to one.
@item down @var{n}
@kindex down
@kindex do
Move @var{n} frames down the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to frames
that were created more recently. @var{n} defaults to one. You may
abbreviate @code{down} as @code{do}.
@end table
All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing the
frame. The first line shows the frame number, the function name, the
arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that
frame. The second line shows the text of that source line. For
example:
@smallexample
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(_GDBP__) up
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
#1 0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc)
at env.c:10
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
10 read_input_file (argv[i]);
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@end group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
After such a printout, the @code{list} command with no arguments will
print ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame.
@xref{List, ,Printing Source Lines}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item up-silently @var{n}
@itemx down-silently @var{n}
@kindex down-silently
@kindex up-silently
These two commands are variants of @code{up} and @code{down},
respectively; they differ in that they do their work silently, without
causing display of the new frame. They are intended primarily for use
in _GDBN__ command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
distracting.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@node Frame Info, , Selection, Stack
@section Information About a Frame
There are several other commands to print information about the selected
stack frame.
@table @code
@item frame
@itemx f
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
When used without any argument, this command does not change which
frame is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
selected stack frame. It can be abbreviated @code{f}. With an
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
argument, this command is used to select a stack frame
(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item info frame
@itemx info f
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@kindex info frame
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex info f
This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack frame,
including the address of the frame, the addresses of the next frame down
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
(called by this frame) and the next frame up (caller of this frame), the
language that the source code corresponding to this frame was written in,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
the address of the frame's arguments, the program counter saved in it
(the address of execution in the caller frame), and which registers
were saved in the frame. The verbose description is useful when
something has gone wrong that has made the stack format fail to fit
the usual conventions.
@item info frame @var{addr}
@itemx info f @var{addr}
Print a verbose description of the frame at address @var{addr},
without selecting that frame. The selected frame remains unchanged by
this command.
@item info args
@kindex info args
Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line.
@item info locals
@kindex info locals
Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate
line. These are all variables declared static or automatic within all
program blocks that execution in this frame is currently inside of.
@item info catch
@kindex info catch
@cindex catch exceptions
@cindex exception handlers
Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the
current stack frame at the current point of execution. To see other
exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the @code{up},
@code{down}, or @code{frame} commands); then type @code{info catch}.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Exception Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@node Source, Data, Stack, Top
@chapter Examining Source Files
_GDBN__ can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
information recorded in your program tells _GDBN__ what source files were
used to build it. When your program stops, _GDBN__ spontaneously prints
the line where it stopped. Likewise, when you select a stack frame
(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}), _GDBN__ prints the line where
execution in that frame has stopped. You can print other portions of
source files by explicit command.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
If you use _GDBN__ through its GNU Emacs interface, you may prefer to use
Emacs facilities to view source; @pxref{Emacs, ,Using _GDBN__ under GNU
Emacs}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* List:: Printing Source Lines
* Search:: Searching Source Files
* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node List, Search, Source, Source
@section Printing Source Lines
@kindex list
@kindex l
To print lines from a source file, use the @code{list} command
(abbreviated @code{l}). There are several ways to specify what part
of the file you want to print.
Here are the forms of the @code{list} command most commonly used:
@table @code
@item list @var{linenum}
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print lines centered around line number @var{linenum} in the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
current source file.
@item list @var{function}
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print lines centered around the beginning of function
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@var{function}.
@item list
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print more lines. If the last lines printed were printed with a
@code{list} command, this prints lines following the last lines
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line printed
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
as part of displaying a stack frame (@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Stack}), this prints lines centered around that line.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item list -
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print lines just before the lines last printed.
@end table
By default, _GDBN__ prints ten source lines with any of these forms of
the @code{list} command. You can change this using @code{set listsize}:
@table @code
@item set listsize @var{count}
@kindex set listsize
Make the @code{list} command display @var{count} source lines (unless
the @code{list} argument explicitly specifies some other number).
@item show listsize
@kindex show listsize
Display the number of lines that @code{list} will currently display by
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
default.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
Repeating a @code{list} command with @key{RET} discards the argument,
so it is equivalent to typing just @code{list}. This is more useful
than listing the same lines again. An exception is made for an
argument of @samp{-}; that argument is preserved in repetition so that
each repetition moves up in the source file.
@cindex linespec
In general, the @code{list} command expects you to supply zero, one or two
@dfn{linespecs}. Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways
of writing them but the effect is always to specify some source line.
Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for @code{list}:
@table @code
@item list @var{linespec}
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print lines centered around the line specified by @var{linespec}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item list @var{first},@var{last}
Print lines from @var{first} to @var{last}. Both arguments are
linespecs.
@item list ,@var{last}
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print lines ending with @var{last}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item list @var{first},
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print lines starting with @var{first}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item list +
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print lines just after the lines last printed.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item list -
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print lines just before the lines last printed.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item list
As described in the preceding table.
@end table
Here are the ways of specifying a single source line---all the
kinds of linespec.
@table @code
@item @var{number}
Specifies line @var{number} of the current source file.
When a @code{list} command has two linespecs, this refers to
the same source file as the first linespec.
@item +@var{offset}
Specifies the line @var{offset} lines after the last line printed.
When used as the second linespec in a @code{list} command that has
two, this specifies the line @var{offset} lines down from the
first linespec.
@item -@var{offset}
Specifies the line @var{offset} lines before the last line printed.
@item @var{filename}:@var{number}
Specifies line @var{number} in the source file @var{filename}.
@item @var{function}
@c FIXME: "of the open-brace" is C-centric. When we add other langs...
Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
function @var{function}.
@item @var{filename}:@var{function}
Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
function @var{function} in the file @var{filename}. You only need the
file name with a function name to avoid ambiguity when there are
identically named functions in different source files.
@item *@var{address}
Specifies the line containing the program address @var{address}.
@var{address} may be any expression.
@end table
@node Search, Source Path, List, Source
@section Searching Source Files
@cindex searching
@kindex reverse-search
There are two commands for searching through the current source file for a
regular expression.
@table @code
@item forward-search @var{regexp}
@itemx search @var{regexp}
@kindex search
@kindex forward-search
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
The command @samp{forward-search @var{regexp}} checks each line,
starting with the one following the last line listed, for a match for
@var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can use
synonym @samp{search @var{regexp}} or abbreviate the command name as
@code{fo}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item reverse-search @var{regexp}
The command @samp{reverse-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting
with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a match
for @var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can abbreviate
this command as @code{rev}.
@end table
@node Source Path, Machine Code, Search, Source
@section Specifying Source Directories
@cindex source path
@cindex directories for source files
Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the source
files from which they were compiled, just the names. Even when they do,
the directories could be moved between the compilation and your debugging
session. _GDBN__ has a list of directories to search for source files;
this is called the @dfn{source path}. Each time _GDBN__ wants a source file,
it tries all the directories in the list, in the order they are present
in the list, until it finds a file with the desired name. Note that
the executable search path is @emph{not} used for this purpose. Neither is
the current working directory, unless it happens to be in the source
path.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
If _GDBN__ cannot find a source file in the source path, and the object
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
program records a directory, _GDBN__ tries that directory too. If the
source path is empty, and there is no record of the compilation
directory, _GDBN__ will, as a last resort, look in the current
directory.
Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, _GDBN__ will clear out
any information it has cached about where source files are found, where
each line is in the file, etc.
@kindex directory
When you start _GDBN__, its source path is empty.
To add other directories, use the @code{directory} command.
@table @code
@item directory @var{dirname} @dots{}
Add directory @var{dirname} to the front of the source path. Several
directory names may be given to this command, separated by @samp{:} or
whitespace. You may specify a directory that is already in the source
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
path; this moves it forward, so it will be searched sooner.
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You can use the string @samp{$cdir} to refer to the compilation
directory (if one is recorded), and @samp{$cwd} to refer to the current
working directory. @samp{$cwd} is not the same as @samp{.}---the former
tracks the current working directory as it changes during your _GDBN__
session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current
directory at the time you add an entry to the source path.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item directory
Reset the source path to empty again. This requires confirmation.
@c RET-repeat for @code{directory} is explicitly disabled, but since
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c repeating it would be a no-op we do not say that. (thanks to RMS)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item show directories
@kindex show directories
Print the source path: show which directories it contains.
@end table
If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer of
interest, _GDBN__ may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong
versions of source. You can correct the situation as follows:
@enumerate
@item
Use @code{directory} with no argument to reset the source path to empty.
@item
Use @code{directory} with suitable arguments to reinstall the
directories you want in the source path. You can add all the
directories in one command.
@end enumerate
@node Machine Code, , Source Path, Source
@section Source and Machine Code
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You can use the command @code{info line} to map source lines to program
addresses (and viceversa), and the command @code{disassemble} to display
a range of addresses as machine instructions.
@table @code
@item info line @var{linespec}
@kindex info line
Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
source line @var{linespec}. You can specify source lines in any of
the ways understood by the @code{list} command (@pxref{List, ,Printing
Source Lines}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
For example, we can use @code{info line} to discover the location of
the object code for the first line of function
@code{m4_changequote}:
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
(_GDBP__) info line m4_changecom
Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350.
@end smallexample
@noindent
We can also inquire (using @code{*@var{addr}} as the form for
@var{linespec}) what source line covers a particular address:
@smallexample
(_GDBP__) info line *0x63ff
Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404.
@end smallexample
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info line}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
After @code{info line}, the default address for the @code{x} command
is changed to the starting address of the line, so that @samp{x/i} is
sufficient to begin examining the machine code (@pxref{Memory,
,Examining Memory}). Also, this address is saved as the value of the
convenience variable @code{$_} (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
Variables}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@kindex disassemble
@item disassemble
* Phrasing of "disassemble" description improved (less wordy, avoids widow in small format) * typo in index entry type fixed * example of nonexistent configuration, in config appendix, slightly more far-fetched
1992-02-28 00:42:40 +00:00
This specialized command dumps a range of memory as machine
instructions. The default memory range is the function surrounding the
program counter of the selected frame. A single argument to this
command is a program counter value; the function surrounding this value
will be dumped. Two arguments specify a range of addresses (first
inclusive, second exclusive) to dump.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
We can use @code{disassemble} to inspect the object code
range shown in the last @code{info line} example:
@smallexample
(_GDBP__) disas 0x63e4 0x6404
Dump of assembler code from 0x63e4 to 0x6404:
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
0x63e4 <builtin_init+5340>: ble 0x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>
0x63e8 <builtin_init+5344>: sethi %hi(0x4c00), %o0
0x63ec <builtin_init+5348>: ld [%i1+4], %o0
0x63f0 <builtin_init+5352>: b 0x63fc <builtin_init+5364>
0x63f4 <builtin_init+5356>: ld [%o0+4], %o0
0x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>: or %o0, 0x1a4, %o0
0x63fc <builtin_init+5364>: call 0x9288 <path_search>
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
0x6400 <builtin_init+5368>: nop
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
End of assembler dump.
@end smallexample
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@node Data, Languages, Source, Top
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@chapter Examining Data
@cindex printing data
@cindex examining data
@kindex print
@kindex inspect
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@c "inspect" is not quite a synonym if you are using Epoch, which we do not
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c document because it is nonstandard... Under Epoch it displays in a
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c different window or something like that.
The usual way to examine data in your program is with the @code{print}
command (abbreviated @code{p}), or its synonym @code{inspect}. It
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
evaluates and prints the value of an expression of the language your
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
program is written in (@pxref{Languages, ,Using _GDBN__ with Different
Languages}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
@table @code
@item print @var{exp}
@itemx print /@var{f} @var{exp}
@var{exp} is an expression (in the source language). By default
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
the value of @var{exp} is printed in a format appropriate to its data
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
type; you can choose a different format by specifying @samp{/@var{f}},
where @var{f} is a letter specifying the format; @pxref{Output formats}.
@item print
@itemx print /@var{f}
If you omit @var{exp}, _GDBN__ displays the last value again (from the
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@dfn{value history}; @pxref{Value History, ,Value History}). This allows you to
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
conveniently inspect the same value in an alternative format.
@end table
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
A more low-level way of examining data is with the @code{x} command.
It examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
specified format. @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
If you are interested in information about types, or about how the fields
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
of a struct or class are declared, use the @code{ptype @var{exp}}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
command rather than @code{print}. @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Expressions:: Expressions
* Variables:: Program Variables
* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
* Output formats:: Output formats
* Memory:: Examining Memory
* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
* Print Settings:: Print Settings
* Value History:: Value History
* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
* Registers:: Registers
* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Expressions, Variables, Data, Data
@section Expressions
@cindex expressions
@code{print} and many other _GDBN__ commands accept an expression and
compute its value. Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined
by the programming language you are using is legal in an expression in
_GDBN__. This includes conditional expressions, function calls, casts
and string constants. It unfortunately does not include symbols defined
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
by preprocessor @code{#define} commands.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in examples in
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
this manual are in C. @xref{Languages, , Using _GDBN__ with Different
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Languages}, for information on how to use expressions in other
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
languages.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in _GDBN__
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
expressions regardless of your programming language.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so
useful to cast a number into a pointer so as to examine a structure
at that address in memory.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@c FIXME: casts supported---Mod2 true?
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
_GDBN__ supports these operators in addition to those of programming
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
languages:
@table @code
@item @@
@samp{@@} is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Arrays, ,Artificial Arrays}, for more information.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item ::
@samp{::} allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
function where it is defined. @xref{Variables, ,Program Variables}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item @{@var{type}@} @var{addr}
Refers to an object of type @var{type} stored at address @var{addr} in
memory. @var{addr} may be any expression whose value is an integer or
pointer (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in
a cast). This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of data is
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
normally supposed to reside at @var{addr}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@node Variables, Arrays, Expressions, Data
@section Program Variables
The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable
in your program.
Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}); they must either be global
(or static) or be visible according to the scope rules of the
programming language from the point of execution in that frame. This
means that in the function
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
foo (a)
int a;
@{
bar (a);
@{
int b = test ();
bar (b);
@}
@}
@end example
@noindent
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
the variable @code{a} is usable whenever your program is executing
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
within the function @code{foo}, but the variable @code{b} is visible
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
only while your program is executing inside the block in which @code{b}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
is declared.
@cindex variable name conflict
There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose
scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not
in this file. But it is possible to have more than one such variable or
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
function with the same name (in different source files). If that
happens, referring to that name has unpredictable effects. If you wish,
you can specify a static variable in a particular function or file,
using the colon-colon notation:
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@cindex colon-colon
(1) At Bob Chassell's request, remove leading comments that used to survive M4 filtering but still tell people the original source was M4'd; (2) Also for B.C., include one more emphasis font in @colophon at end; (3) Thanks to J Gilmore, strengthen wording about unsupported combinations of host-manufacturer-OS in config Appendix.
1991-11-30 00:01:01 +00:00
@iftex
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c info cannot cope with a :: index entry, but why deprive hard copy readers?
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex ::
(1) At Bob Chassell's request, remove leading comments that used to survive M4 filtering but still tell people the original source was M4'd; (2) Also for B.C., include one more emphasis font in @colophon at end; (3) Thanks to J Gilmore, strengthen wording about unsupported combinations of host-manufacturer-OS in config Appendix.
1991-11-30 00:01:01 +00:00
@end iftex
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
@var{file}::@var{variable}
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@var{function}::@var{variable}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
@noindent
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
Here @var{file} or @var{function} is the name of the context for the
static @var{variable}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@cindex C++ scope resolution
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
This use of @samp{::} is very rarely in conflict with the very similar
use of the same notation in C++. _GDBN__ also supports use of the C++
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
scope resolution operator in _GDBN__ expressions.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@cindex wrong values
@cindex variable values, wrong
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the
wrong value at certain points in a function---just after entry to the
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
function, and just before exit. You may see this problem when you are
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
stepping by machine instructions. This is because on most machines, it
takes more than one instruction to set up a stack frame (including local
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
variable definitions); if you are stepping by machine instructions,
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
variables may appear to have the wrong values until the stack frame is
completely built. On function exit, it usually also takes more than one
machine instruction to destroy a stack frame; after you begin stepping
through that group of instructions, local variable definitions may be
gone.
@end quotation
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Arrays, Output formats, Variables, Data
@section Artificial Arrays
@cindex artificial array
@kindex @@
It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the
same type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of
dynamically determined size for which only a pointer exists in the
program.
This can be done by constructing an @dfn{artificial array} with the
binary operator @samp{@@}. The left operand of @samp{@@} should be
the first element of the desired array, as an individual object.
The right operand should be the desired length of the array. The result is
an array value whose elements are all of the type of the left argument.
The first element is actually the left argument; the second element
comes from bytes of memory immediately following those that hold the
first element, and so on. Here is an example. If a program says
@example
int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int));
@end example
@noindent
you can print the contents of @code{array} with
@example
p *array@@len
@end example
The left operand of @samp{@@} must reside in memory. Array values made
with @samp{@@} in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of
subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions.
Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(@pxref{Value History, ,Value History}), after printing one out.)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Sometimes the artificial array mechanism is not quite enough; in
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
actually be adjacent---for example, if you are interested in the values
of pointers in an array. One useful work-around in this situation is
to use a convenience variable (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
Variables}) as a counter in an expression that prints the first
interesting value, and then repeat that expression via @key{RET}. For
instance, suppose you have an array @code{dtab} of pointers to
structures, and you are interested in the values of a field @code{fv}
in each structure. Here is an example of what you might type:
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@example
set $i = 0
p dtab[$i++]->fv
@key{RET}
@key{RET}
@dots{}
@end example
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Output formats, Memory, Arrays, Data
@section Output formats
@cindex formatted output
@cindex output formats
By default, _GDBN__ prints a value according to its data type. Sometimes
this is not what you want. For example, you might want to print a number
in hex, or a pointer in decimal. Or you might want to view data in memory
at a certain address as a character string or as an instruction. To do
these things, specify an @dfn{output format} when you print a value.
The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value
already computed. This is done by starting the arguments of the
@code{print} command with a slash and a format letter. The format
letters supported are:
@table @code
@item x
Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer in
hexadecimal.
@item d
Print as integer in signed decimal.
@item u
Print as integer in unsigned decimal.
@item o
Print as integer in octal.
@item t
Print as integer in binary. The letter @samp{t} stands for ``two''.
@item a
Print as an address, both absolute in hex and as an offset from the
nearest preceding symbol. This format can be used to discover where (in
what function) an unknown address is located:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
(_GDBP__) p/a 0x54320
_0__$3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396>_1__
@end example
@item c
Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant.
@item f
Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print
using typical floating point syntax.
@end table
For example, to print the program counter in hex (@pxref{Registers}), type
@example
p/x $pc
@end example
@noindent
Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command
names in _GDBN__ cannot contain a slash.
To reprint the last value in the value history with a different format,
you can use the @code{print} command with just a format and no
expression. For example, @samp{p/x} reprints the last value in hex.
@node Memory, Auto Display, Output formats, Data
@section Examining Memory
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
You can use the command @code{x} (for ``examine'') to examine memory in
any of several formats, independently of your program's data types.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@cindex examining memory
@table @code
@kindex x
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
@item x/@var{nfu} @var{addr}
@itemx x @var{addr}
@itemx x
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Use the command @code{x} to examine memory.
@end table
@var{n}, @var{f}, and @var{u} are all optional parameters that specify how
much memory to display and how to format it; @var{addr} is an
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
expression giving the address where you want to start displaying memory.
If you use defaults for @var{nfu}, you need not type the slash @samp{/}.
Several commands set convenient defaults for @var{addr}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@table @r
@item @var{n}, the repeat count
The repeat count is a decimal integer; the default is 1. It specifies
how much memory (counting by units @var{u}) to display.
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
@c This really is **decimal**; unaffected by 'set radix' as of GDB
@c 4.1.2.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@item @var{f}, the display format
The display format is one of the formats used by @code{print},
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
or @samp{s} (null-terminated string) or @samp{i} (machine instruction).
The default is @samp{x} (hexadecimal) initially, or the format from the
last time you used either @code{x} or @code{print}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@item @var{u}, the unit size
The unit size is any of
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item b
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
Bytes.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item h
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
Halfwords (two bytes).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item w
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
Words (four bytes). This is the initial default.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item g
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
Giant words (eight bytes).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
Each time you specify a unit size with @code{x}, that size becomes the
default unit the next time you use @code{x}. (For the @samp{s} and
@samp{i} formats, the unit size is ignored and is normally not written.)
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@item @var{addr}, starting display address
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
@var{addr} is the address where you want _GDBN__ to begin displaying
memory. The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may);
it is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on expressions. The default for
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
@var{addr} is usually just after the last address examined---but several
other commands also set the default address: @code{info breakpoints} (to
the address of the last breakpoint listed), @code{info line} (to the
starting address of a line), and @code{print} (if you use it to display
a value from memory).
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end table
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
For example, @samp{x/3uh 0x54320} is a request to display three halfwords
(@code{h}) of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (@samp{u}),
starting at address @code{0x54320}. @samp{x/4xw $sp} prints the four
words (@samp{w}) of memory above the stack pointer (here, @samp{$sp};
@pxref{Registers}) in hexadecimal (@samp{x}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
letters specifying output formats, you do not have to remember whether
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
unit size or format comes first; either order will work. The output
specifications @samp{4xw} and @samp{4wx} mean exactly the same thing.
(However, the count @var{n} must come first; @samp{wx4} will not work.)
Even though the unit size @var{u} is ignored for the formats @samp{s}
and @samp{i}, you might still want to use a count @var{n}; for example,
@samp{3i} specifies that you want to see three machine instructions,
including any operands. The command @code{disassemble} gives an
alternative way of inspecting machine instructions; @pxref{Machine
Code}.
All the defaults for the arguments to @code{x} are designed to make it
easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
you use @code{x}. For example, after you have inspected three machine
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
instructions with @samp{x/3i @var{addr}}, you can inspect the next seven
with just @samp{x/7}. If you use @key{RET} to repeat the @code{x} command,
the repeat count @var{n} is used again; the other arguments default as
for successive uses of @code{x}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@cindex @code{$_}, @code{$__}, and value history
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
The addresses and contents printed by the @code{x} command are not saved
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
in the value history because there is often too much of them and they
would get in the way. Instead, _GDBN__ makes these values available for
subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables
@code{$_} and @code{$__}. After an @code{x} command, the last address
examined is available for use in expressions in the convenience variable
@code{$_}. The contents of that address, as examined, are available in
the convenience variable @code{$__}.
If the @code{x} command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved
are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last
address printed if several units were printed on the last line of output.
@node Auto Display, Print Settings, Memory, Data
@section Automatic Display
@cindex automatic display
@cindex display of expressions
If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently
(to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the @dfn{automatic
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
display list} so that _GDBN__ will print its value each time your program stops.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it;
to remove an expression from the list, you specify that number.
The automatic display looks like this:
@example
2: foo = 38
3: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804
@end example
@noindent
showing item numbers, expressions and their current values. As with
displays you request manually using @code{x} or @code{print}, you can
specify the output format you prefer; in fact, @code{display} decides
whether to use @code{print} or @code{x} depending on how elaborate your
format specification is---it uses @code{x} if you specify a unit size,
or one of the two formats (@samp{i} and @samp{s}) that are only
supported by @code{x}; otherwise it uses @code{print}.
@table @code
@item display @var{exp}
@kindex display
Add the expression @var{exp} to the list of expressions to display
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
each time your program stops. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@code{display} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
@item display/@var{fmt} @var{exp}
For @var{fmt} specifying only a display format and not a size or
count, add the expression @var{exp} to the auto-display list but
arranges to display it each time in the specified format @var{fmt}.
@xref{Output formats}.
@item display/@var{fmt} @var{addr}
For @var{fmt} @samp{i} or @samp{s}, or including a unit-size or a
number of units, add the expression @var{addr} as a memory address to
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
be examined each time your program stops. Examining means in effect
doing @samp{x/@var{fmt} @var{addr}}. @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
For example, @samp{display/i $pc} can be helpful, to see the machine
instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (@samp{$pc}
is a common name for the program counter; @pxref{Registers}).
@table @code
@item undisplay @var{dnums}@dots{}
@itemx delete display @var{dnums}@dots{}
@kindex delete display
@kindex undisplay
Remove item numbers @var{dnums} from the list of expressions to display.
@code{undisplay} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
(Otherwise you would just get the error @samp{No display number @dots{}}.)
@item disable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
@kindex disable display
Disable the display of item numbers @var{dnums}. A disabled display
item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten. It may be
enabled again later.
@item enable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
@kindex enable display
Enable display of item numbers @var{dnums}. It becomes effective once
again in auto display of its expression, until you specify otherwise.
@item display
Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as is
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
done when your program stops.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item info display
@kindex info display
Print the list of expressions previously set up to display
automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing the
values. This includes disabled expressions, which are marked as such.
It also includes expressions which would not be displayed right now
because they refer to automatic variables not currently available.
@end table
If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not make
sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up. Such an
expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its
variables is not defined. For example, if you give the command
@code{display last_char} while inside a function with an argument
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@code{last_char}, then this argument will be displayed while your program
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
continues to stop inside that function. When it stops elsewhere---where
there is no variable @code{last_char}---display is disabled. The next time
your program stops where @code{last_char} is meaningful, you can enable the
display expression once again.
@node Print Settings, Value History, Auto Display, Data
@section Print Settings
@cindex format options
@cindex print settings
_GDBN__ provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures,
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
and symbols are printed.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@noindent
These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language:
@table @code
@item set print address
@item set print address on
@kindex set print address
_GDBN__ will print memory addresses showing the location of stack
traces, structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth,
even when it also displays the contents of those addresses. The default
is on. For example, this is what a stack frame display looks like, with
@code{set print address on}:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(_GDBP__) f
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>")
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
at input.c:530
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
@item set print address off
Do not print addresses when displaying their contents. For example,
this is the same stack frame displayed with @code{set print address off}:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(_GDBP__) set print addr off
(_GDBP__) f
#0 set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
@item show print address
@kindex show print address
Show whether or not addresses are to be printed.
@item set print array
@itemx set print array on
@kindex set print array
_GDBN__ will pretty print arrays. This format is more convenient to read,
but uses more space. The default is off.
@item set print array off.
Return to compressed format for arrays.
@item show print array
@kindex show print array
Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
arrays.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item set print elements @var{number-of-elements}
@kindex set print elements
If _GDBN__ is printing a large array, it will stop printing after it has
printed the number of elements set by the @code{set print elements} command.
This limit also applies to the display of strings.
@item show print elements
@kindex show print elements
Display the number of elements of a large array that _GDBN__ will print
before losing patience.
@item set print pretty on
@kindex set print pretty
Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in an indented format with one member per
line, like this:
@example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
$1 = @{
next = 0x0,
flags = @{
sweet = 1,
sour = 1
@},
meat = 0x54 "Pork"
@}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
@item set print pretty off
Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in a compact format, like this:
@smallexample
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@group
formatting improvements (already in progressive)
1992-05-06 04:49:50 +00:00
$1 = @{next = 0x0, flags = @{sweet = 1, sour = 1@}, \
meat = 0x54 "Pork"@}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
@noindent
This is the default format.
@item show print pretty
@kindex show print pretty
Show which format _GDBN__ will use to print structures.
@item set print sevenbit-strings on
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:55:37; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +4 -2) add missing index entries for set/show print sevenbit-strings.
1991-10-09 00:28:39 +00:00
@kindex set print sevenbit-strings
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ will display any eight-bit characters (in strings or character
values) using the notation @code{\}@var{nnn}. For example, @kbd{M-a} is
displayed as @code{\341}.
@item set print sevenbit-strings off
Print using either seven-bit or eight-bit characters, as required. This
is the default.
@item show print sevenbit-strings
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:55:37; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +4 -2) add missing index entries for set/show print sevenbit-strings.
1991-10-09 00:28:39 +00:00
@kindex show print sevenbit-strings
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Show whether or not _GDBN__ will print only seven-bit characters.
@item set print union on
@kindex set print union
Tell _GDBN__ to print unions which are contained in structures. This is the
default setting.
@item set print union off
Tell _GDBN__ not to print unions which are contained in structures.
@item show print union
@kindex show print union
Ask _GDBN__ whether or not it will print unions which are contained in
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
structures.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
For example, given the declarations
@smallexample
typedef enum @{Tree, Bug@} Species;
typedef enum @{Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling@} Tree_forms;
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
typedef enum @{Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly@}
Bug_forms;
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
struct thing @{
Species it;
union @{
Tree_forms tree;
Bug_forms bug;
@} form;
@};
struct thing foo = @{Tree, @{Acorn@}@};
@end smallexample
@noindent
with @code{set print union on} in effect @samp{p foo} would print
@smallexample
$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon@}@}
@end smallexample
@noindent
and with @code{set print union off} in effect it would print
@smallexample
$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{...@}@}
@end smallexample
@end table
@noindent
These settings are of interest when debugging C++ programs:
@table @code
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item set print demangle
@itemx set print demangle on
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex set print demangle
Print C++ names in their source form rather than in the mangled form
in which they are passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe linkage.
The default is on.
@item show print demangle
@kindex show print demangle
Show whether C++ names will be printed in mangled or demangled form.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item set print asm-demangle
@itemx set print asm-demangle on
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex set print asm-demangle
Print C++ names in their source form rather than their mangled form, even
in assembler code printouts such as instruction disassemblies.
The default is off.
@item show print asm-demangle
@kindex show print asm-demangle
Show whether C++ names in assembly listings will be printed in mangled
or demangled form.
@item set print object
@itemx set print object on
@kindex set print object
When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the @emph{actual}
(derived) type of the object rather than the @emph{declared} type, using
the virtual function table.
@item set print object off
Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the
virtual function table. This is the default setting.
@item show print object
@kindex show print object
Show whether actual, or declared, object types will be displayed.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item set print vtbl
@itemx set print vtbl on
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex set print vtbl
Pretty print C++ virtual function tables. The default is off.
@item set print vtbl off
Do not pretty print C++ virtual function tables.
@item show print vtbl
@kindex show print vtbl
Show whether C++ virtual function tables are pretty printed, or not.
@end table
@node Value History, Convenience Vars, Print Settings, Data
@section Value History
@cindex value history
Values printed by the @code{print} command are saved in _GDBN__'s @dfn{value
history} so that you can refer to them in other expressions. Values are
kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded (for example with
the @code{file} or @code{symbol-file} commands). When the symbol table
changes, the value history is discarded, since the values may contain
pointers back to the types defined in the symbol table.
@cindex @code{$}
@cindex @code{$$}
@cindex history number
The values printed are given @dfn{history numbers} for you to refer to them
by. These are successive integers starting with one. @code{print} shows you
the history number assigned to a value by printing @samp{$@var{num} = }
before the value; here @var{num} is the history number.
To refer to any previous value, use @samp{$} followed by the value's
history number. The way @code{print} labels its output is designed to
remind you of this. Just @code{$} refers to the most recent value in
the history, and @code{$$} refers to the value before that.
@code{$$@var{n}} refers to the @var{n}th value from the end; @code{$$2}
is the value just prior to @code{$$}, @code{$$1} is equivalent to
@code{$$}, and @code{$$0} is equivalent to @code{$}.
For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure and
want to see the contents of the structure. It suffices to type
@example
p *$
@end example
If you have a chain of structures where the component @code{next} points
to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this:
@example
p *$.next
@end example
@noindent
You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this
command---which you can do by just typing @key{RET}.
Note that the history records values, not expressions. If the value of
@code{x} is 4 and you type these commands:
@example
print x
set x=5
@end example
@noindent
then the value recorded in the value history by the @code{print} command
remains 4 even though the value of @code{x} has changed.
@table @code
@kindex show values
@item show values
Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item numbers.
This is like @samp{p@ $$9} repeated ten times, except that @code{show
values} does not change the history.
@item show values @var{n}
Print ten history values centered on history item number @var{n}.
@item show values +
Print ten history values just after the values last printed. If no more
values are available, produces no display.
@end table
Pressing @key{RET} to repeat @code{show values @var{n}} has exactly the
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
same effect as @samp{show values +}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Convenience Vars, Registers, Value History, Data
@section Convenience Variables
@cindex convenience variables
_GDBN__ provides @dfn{convenience variables} that you can use within
_GDBN__ to hold on to a value and refer to it later. These variables
exist entirely within _GDBN__; they are not part of your program, and
setting a convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
of your program. That is why you can use them freely.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Convenience variables are prefixed with @samp{$}. Any name preceded by
@samp{$} can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of
the predefined machine-specific register names (@pxref{Registers}).
(Value history references, in contrast, are @emph{numbers} preceded
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
by @samp{$}. @xref{Value History, ,Value History}.)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment
expression, just as you would set a variable in your program. Example:
@example
set $foo = *object_ptr
@end example
@noindent
would save in @code{$foo} the value contained in the object pointed to by
@code{object_ptr}.
Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it; but its value
is @code{void} until you assign a new value. You can alter the value with
another assignment at any time.
Convenience variables have no fixed types. You can assign a convenience
variable any type of value, including structures and arrays, even if
that variable already has a value of a different type. The convenience
variable, when used as an expression, has the type of its current value.
@table @code
@item show convenience
@kindex show convenience
Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their values.
Abbreviated @code{show con}.
@end table
One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be
incremented or a pointer to be advanced. For example, to print
a field from successive elements of an array of structures:
_0__@example
set $i = 0
print bar[$i++]->contents
@i{@dots{} repeat that command by typing @key{RET}.}
_1__@end example
Some convenience variables are created automatically by _GDBN__ and given
values likely to be useful.
@table @code
@item $_
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@kindex $_
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The variable @code{$_} is automatically set by the @code{x} command to
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
the last address examined (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}). Other
commands which provide a default address for @code{x} to examine also
set @code{$_} to that address; these commands include @code{info line}
and @code{info breakpoint}. The type of @code{$_} is @code{void *}
except when set by the @code{x} command, in which case it is a pointer
to the type of @code{$__}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item $__
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@kindex $__
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The variable @code{$__} is automatically set by the @code{x} command
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
to the value found in the last address examined. Its type is chosen
to match the format in which the data was printed.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@node Registers, Floating Point Hardware, Convenience Vars, Data
@section Registers
@cindex registers
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
You can refer to machine register contents, in expressions, as variables
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
with names starting with @samp{$}. The names of registers are different
for each machine; use @code{info registers} to see the names used on
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
your machine.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item info registers
@kindex info registers
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
Print the names and values of all registers except floating-point
registers (in the selected stack frame).
@item info all-registers
@kindex info all-registers
@cindex floating point registers
Print the names and values of all registers, including floating-point
registers.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item info registers @var{regname}
Print the relativized value of register @var{regname}. @var{regname}
may be any register name valid on the machine you are using, with
or without the initial @samp{$}.
@end table
More updates due to Picard refcard comments.
1991-10-16 22:08:33 +00:00
_GDBN__ has four ``standard'' register names that are available (in
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
expressions) on most machines---whenever they do not conflict with an
More updates due to Picard refcard comments.
1991-10-16 22:08:33 +00:00
architecture's canonical mnemonics for registers. The register names
@code{$pc} and @code{$sp} are used for the program counter register and
the stack pointer. @code{$fp} is used for a register that contains a
pointer to the current stack frame, and @code{$ps} is used for a
register that contains the processor status. For example,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
you could print the program counter in hex with
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
p/x $pc
@end example
@noindent
or print the instruction to be executed next with
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
x/i $pc
@end example
@noindent
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
or add four to the stack pointer @footnote{This is a way of removing
one word from the stack, on machines where stacks grow downward in
memory (most machines, nowadays). This assumes that the innermost
stack frame is selected; setting @code{$sp} is not allowed when other
stack frames are selected. To pop entire frames off the stack,
regardless of machine architecture, use @code{return};
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}.} with
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
set $sp += 4
@end example
More updates due to Picard refcard comments.
1991-10-16 22:08:33 +00:00
Whenever possible, these four standard register names are available on
your machine even though the machine has different canonical mnemonics,
so long as there is no conflict. The @code{info registers} command
shows the canonical names. For example, on the SPARC, @code{info
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
registers} displays the processor status register as @code{$psr} but you
can also refer to it as @code{$ps}.
_GDBN__ always considers the contents of an ordinary register as an
integer when the register is examined in this way. Some machines have
special registers which can hold nothing but floating point; these
registers are considered to have floating point values. There is no way
to refer to the contents of an ordinary register as floating point value
(although you can @emph{print} it as a floating point value with
@samp{print/f $@var{regname}}).
Some registers have distinct ``raw'' and ``virtual'' data formats. This
means that the data format in which the register contents are saved by
the operating system is not the same one that your program normally
sees. For example, the registers of the 68881 floating point
coprocessor are always saved in ``extended'' (raw) format, but all C
programs expect to work with ``double'' (virtual) format. In such
cases, _GDBN__ normally works with the virtual format only (the format that
makes sense for your program), but the @code{info registers} command
prints the data in both formats.
Normally, register values are relative to the selected stack frame
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}). This means that you get the
value that the register would contain if all stack frames farther in
were exited and their saved registers restored. In order to see the
true contents of hardware registers, you must select the innermost
frame (with @samp{frame 0}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
However, _GDBN__ must deduce where registers are saved, from the machine
code generated by your compiler. If some registers are not saved, or if
_GDBN__ is unable to locate the saved registers, the selected stack
frame will make no difference.
* gdb.texinfo: document `set remotedebug' and `set rstack_high_address'.
1992-06-20 23:32:18 +00:00
_if__(_AMD29K__)
@item set rstack_high_address @var{address}
@kindex set rstack_high_address
@cindex AMD 29K
On AMD 29000 family processors, registers are saved in a separate ``register
stack''. There is no way for GDB to determine the extent of this stack.
Normally, GDB just assumes that the stack is ``large enough''.
This may result in GDB referencing memory locations that don't
Typo.
1992-06-21 01:56:05 +00:00
exist, so you can specify the ending address of the register stack with the
* gdb.texinfo: document `set remotedebug' and `set rstack_high_address'.
1992-06-20 23:32:18 +00:00
@code{set rstack_high_address} command. The argument should be an address,
which you will probably want to precede with 0x and specify in hexadecimal.
@item show rstack_high_address
@kindex show rstack_high_address
@cindex AMD 29K
Display the current limit of the register stack.
_fi__(_AMD29K__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Floating Point Hardware, , Registers, Data
@section Floating Point Hardware
@cindex floating point
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Depending on the host machine architecture, _GDBN__ may be able to give
you more information about the status of the floating point hardware.
@table @code
@item info float
@kindex info float
If available, provides hardware-dependent information about the floating
point unit. The exact contents and layout vary depending on the
floating point chip.
@end table
@c FIXME: this is a cop-out. Try to get examples, explanations. Only
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@c FIXME...supported currently on arm's and 386's. Mark properly with
@c FIXME... m4 macros to isolate general statements from hardware-dep,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c FIXME... at that point.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@node Languages, Symbols, Data, Top
@chapter Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages
@cindex languages
Although programming languages generally have common aspects, they are
rarely expressed in the same manner. For instance, in ANSI C,
dereferencing a pointer @code{p} is accomplished by @code{*p}, but in
Modula-2, it is accomplished by @code{p^}. Values can also be
represented (and displayed) differently. Hex numbers in C are written
like @samp{0x1ae}, while in Modula-2 they appear as @samp{1AEH}.
@cindex working language
Language-specific information is built into _GDBN__ for some languages,
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
allowing you to express operations like the above in your program's
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
native language, and allowing _GDBN__ to output values in a manner
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
consistent with the syntax of your program's native language. The
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
language you use to build expressions, called the @dfn{working
language}, can be selected manually, or _GDBN__ can set it
automatically.
@menu
* Setting:: Switching between source languages
* Show:: Displaying the language
* Checks:: Type and Range checks
* Support:: Supported languages
@end menu
@node Setting, Show, Languages, Languages
@section Switching between source languages
There are two ways to control the working language---either have _GDBN__
set it automatically, or select it manually yourself. You can use the
@code{set language} command for either purpose. On startup, _GDBN__
defaults to setting the language automatically.
@menu
* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
* Automatically:: Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
@end menu
@node Manually, Automatically, Setting, Setting
@subsection Setting the working language
@kindex set language
To set the language, issue the command @samp{set language @var{lang}},
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
where @var{lang} is the name of a language: @code{c} or @code{modula-2}.
For a list of the supported languages, type @samp{set language}.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Setting the language manually prevents _GDBN__ from updating the working
language automatically. This can lead to confusion if you try
to debug a program when the working language is not the same as the
source language, when an expression is acceptable to both
languages---but means different things. For instance, if the current
source file were written in C, and _GDBN__ was parsing Modula-2, a
command such as:
@example
print a = b + c
@end example
@noindent
might not have the effect you intended. In C, this means to add
@code{b} and @code{c} and place the result in @code{a}. The result
printed would be the value of @code{a}. In Modula-2, this means to compare
@code{a} to the result of @code{b+c}, yielding a @code{BOOLEAN} value.
If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then
you can count on expressions evaluating the same way in your debugging
session and in your program.
@node Automatically, , Manually, Setting
@subsection Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
To have _GDBN__ set the working language automatically, use @samp{set
language local} or @samp{set language auto}. _GDBN__ then infers the
language that a program was written in by looking at the name of its
source files, and examining their extensions:
@table @file
@item *.mod
Modula-2 source file
@item *.c
@itemx *.cc
C or C++ source file.
@end table
This information is recorded for each function or procedure in a source
file. When your program stops in a frame (usually by encountering a
breakpoint), _GDBN__ sets the working language to the language recorded
for the function in that frame. If the language for a frame is unknown
(that is, if the function or block corresponding to the frame was
defined in a source file that does not have a recognized extension), the
current working language is not changed, and _GDBN__ issues a warning.
This may not seem necessary for most programs, which are written
entirely in one source language. However, program modules and libraries
written in one source language can be used by a main program written in
a different source language. Using @samp{set language auto} in this
case frees you from having to set the working language manually.
@node Show, Checks, Setting, Languages
@section Displaying the language
The following commands will help you find out which language is the
working language, and also what language source files were written in.
@kindex show language
@kindex info frame
@kindex info source
@table @code
@item show language
Display the current working language. This is the
language you can use with commands such as @code{print} to
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
build and compute expressions that may involve variables in your program.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item info frame
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
about a Frame}) is the source language for this frame. This is the
language that will become the working language if you ever use an
identifier that is in this frame.
@item info source
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Symbols, ,Examining the
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Symbol Table}) is the source language of this source file.
@end table
@node Checks, Support, Show, Languages
@section Type and range Checking
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} In this release, the _GDBN__ commands for type and range
checking are included, but they do not yet have any effect. This
section documents the intended facilities.
@end quotation
@c FIXME remove warning when type/range code added
Some languages are designed to guard you against making seemingly common
errors through a series of compile- and run-time checks. These include
checking the type of arguments to functions and operators, and making
sure mathematical overflows are caught at run time. Checks such as
these help to ensure a program's correctness once it has been compiled
by eliminating type mismatches, and providing active checks for range
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
errors when your program is running.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_GDBN__ can check for conditions like the above if you wish.
Although _GDBN__ will not check the statements in your program, it
can check expressions entered directly into _GDBN__ for evaluation via
the @code{print} command, for example. As with the working language,
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
_GDBN__ can also decide whether or not to check automatically based on
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
your program's source language. @xref{Support, ,Supported Languages},
for the default settings of supported languages.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@menu
* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
@end menu
@cindex type checking
@cindex checks, type
@node Type Checking, Range Checking, Checks, Checks
@subsection An overview of type checking
Some languages, such as Modula-2, are strongly typed, meaning that the
arguments to operators and functions have to be of the correct type,
otherwise an error occurs. These checks prevent type mismatch
errors from ever causing any run-time problems. For example,
@example
1 + 2 @result{} 3
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@exdent but
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@error{} 1 + 2.3
@end example
The second example fails because the @code{CARDINAL} 1 is not
type-compatible with the @code{REAL} 2.3.
For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell the _GDBN__
type checker to skip checking; to treat any mismatches as errors and
abandon the expression; or only issue warnings when type mismatches
occur, but evaluate the expression anyway. When you choose the last of
these, _GDBN__ evaluates expressions like the second example above, but
also issues a warning.
Even though you may turn type checking off, other type-based reasons may
prevent _GDBN__ from evaluating an expression. For instance, _GDBN__ does not
know how to add an @code{int} and a @code{struct foo}. These particular
type errors have nothing to do with the language in use, and usually
arise from expressions, such as the one described above, which make
little sense to evaluate anyway.
Each language defines to what degree it is strict about type. For
instance, both Modula-2 and C require the arguments to arithmetical
operators to be numbers. In C, enumerated types and pointers can be
represented as numbers, so that they are valid arguments to mathematical
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
operators. @xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for further
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
details on specific languages.
_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the type checker:
@kindex set check
@kindex set check type
@kindex show check type
@table @code
@item set check type auto
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Set type checking on or off based on the current working language.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
each language.
@item set check type on
@itemx set check type off
Set type checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
current working language. Issue a warning if the setting does not
match the language's default. If any type mismatches occur in
evaluating an expression while typechecking is on, _GDBN__ prints a
message and aborts evaluation of the expression.
@item set check type warn
Cause the type checker to issue warnings, but to always attempt to
evaluate the expression. Evaluating the expression may still
be impossible for other reasons. For example, _GDBN__ cannot add
numbers and structures.
@item show type
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Show the current setting of the type checker, and whether or not _GDBN__ is
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
setting it automatically.
@end table
@cindex range checking
@cindex checks, range
@node Range Checking, , Type Checking, Checks
@subsection An overview of Range Checking
In some languages (such as Modula-2), it is an error to exceed the
bounds of a type; this is enforced with run-time checks. Such range
checking is meant to ensure program correctness by making sure
computations do not overflow, or indices on an array element access do
not exceed the bounds of the array.
For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell _GDBN__ to
ignore range errors; to always treat them as errors and abandon the
expression; or to issue warnings when a range error occurs but evaluate
the expression anyway.
A range error can result from numerical overflow, from exceeding an
array index bound, or when you type in a constant that is not a member
of any type. Some languages, however, do not treat overflows as an
error. In many implementations of C, mathematical overflow causes the
result to ``wrap around'' to lower values---for example, if @var{m} is
the largest integer value, and @var{s} is the smallest, then
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@example
@var{m} + 1 @result{} @var{s}
@end example
This, too, is specific to individual languages, and in some cases
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
specific to individual compilers or machines. @xref{Support, ,
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Supported Languages}, for further details on specific languages.
_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the range checker:
@kindex set check
@kindex set check range
@kindex show check range
@table @code
@item set check range auto
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Set range checking on or off based on the current working language.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
each language.
@item set check range on
@itemx set check range off
Set range checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
current working language. A warning is issued if the setting does not
match the language's default. If a range error occurs, then a message
is printed and evaluation of the expression is aborted.
@item set check range warn
Output messages when the _GDBN__ range checker detects a range error,
but attempt to evaluate the expression anyway. Evaluating the
expression may still be impossible for other reasons, such as accessing
memory that the process does not own (a typical example from many UNIX
systems).
@item show range
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Show the current setting of the range checker, and whether or not it is
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
being set automatically by _GDBN__.
@end table
@node Support, , Checks, Languages
@section Supported Languages
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_GDBN__ 4 supports C, C++, and Modula-2. The syntax for C and C++ is so
closely related that _GDBN__ does not distinguish the two. Some _GDBN__
features may be used in expressions regardless of the language you
use: the _GDBN__ @code{@@} and @code{::} operators, and the
@samp{@{type@}addr} construct (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) can be
used with the constructs of any of the supported languages.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
The following sections detail to what degree each of these
source languages is supported by _GDBN__. These sections are
not meant to be language tutorials or references, but serve only as a
reference guide to what the _GDBN__ expression parser will accept, and
what input and output formats should look like for different languages.
There are many good books written on each of these languages; please
look to these for a language reference or tutorial.
@menu
* C:: C and C++
* Modula-2:: Modula-2
@end menu
@node C, Modula-2, Support, Support
@subsection C and C++
@cindex C and C++
@cindex expressions in C or C++
Since C and C++ are so closely related, _GDBN__ does not distinguish
between them when interpreting the expressions recognized in _GDBN__
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
commands.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@cindex C++
@kindex g++
@cindex GNU C++
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
The C++ debugging facilities are jointly implemented by the GNU C++
compiler and _GDBN__. Therefore, to debug your C++ code effectively,
you must compile your C++ programs with the GNU C++ compiler,
@code{g++}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@menu
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@end menu
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@cindex C and C++ operators
@node C Operators, C Constants, C, C
@subsubsection C and C++ Operators
Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of C and C++, the
following definitions hold:
@itemize @bullet
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@emph{Integral types} include @code{int} with any of its storage-class
specifiers, @code{char}, and @code{enum}s.
@item
@emph{Floating-point types} include @code{float} and @code{double}.
@item
@emph{Pointer types} include all types defined as @code{(@var{type}
*)}.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@emph{Scalar types} include all of the above.
@end itemize
@noindent
The following operators are supported. They are listed here
in order of increasing precedence:
@table @code
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_0__@item ,
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
The comma or sequencing operator. Expressions in a comma-separated list
are evaluated from left to right, with the result of the entire
expression being the last expression evaluated.
@item =
Assignment. The value of an assignment expression is the value
assigned. Defined on scalar types.
@item @var{op}=
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Used in an expression of the form @w{@code{@var{a} @var{op}= @var{b}}},
and translated to @w{@code{@var{a} = @var{a op b}}}.
@w{@code{@var{op}=}} and @code{=} have the same precendence.
@var{op} is any one of the operators @code{|}, @code{^}, @code{&},
@code{<<}, @code{>>}, @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item ?:
The ternary operator. @code{@var{a} ? @var{b} : @var{c}} can be thought
of as: if @var{a} then @var{b} else @var{c}. @var{a} should be of an
integral type.
@item ||
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Logical @sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item &&
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Logical @sc{and}. Defined on integral types.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item |
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Bitwise @sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item ^
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Bitwise exclusive-@sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item &
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Bitwise @sc{and}. Defined on integral types.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item ==@r{, }!=
Equality and inequality. Defined on scalar types. The value of these
expressions is 0 for false and non-zero for true.
@item <@r{, }>@r{, }<=@r{, }>=
Less than, greater than, less than or equal, greater than or equal.
Defined on scalar types. The value of these expressions is 0 for false
and non-zero for true.
@item <<@r{, }>>
left shift, and right shift. Defined on integral types.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item @@
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item +@r{, }-
Addition and subtraction. Defined on integral types, floating-point types and
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
pointer types.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item *@r{, }/@r{, }%
Multiplication, division, and modulus. Multiplication and division are
defined on integral and floating-point types. Modulus is defined on
integral types.
@item ++@r{, }--
Increment and decrement. When appearing before a variable, the
operation is performed before the variable is used in an expression;
when appearing after it, the variable's value is used before the
operation takes place.
@item *
Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types. Same precedence as
@code{++}.
@item &
Address operator. Defined on variables. Same precedence as @code{++}.
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
For debugging C++, _GDBN__ implements a use of @samp{&} beyond what's
allowed in the C++ language itself: you can use @samp{&(&@var{ref})}
(or, if you prefer, simply @samp{&&@var{ref}} to examine the address
where a C++ reference variable (declared with @samp{&@var{ref}}) is
stored.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item -
Negative. Defined on integral and floating-point types. Same
precedence as @code{++}.
@item !
Logical negation. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
@code{++}.
@item ~
Bitwise complement operator. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
@code{++}.
@item .@r{, }->
Structure member, and pointer-to-structure member. For convenience,
_GDBN__ regards the two as equivalent, choosing whether to dereference a
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
pointer based on the stored type information.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Defined on @code{struct}s and @code{union}s.
@item []
Array indexing. @code{@var{a}[@var{i}]} is defined as
@code{*(@var{a}+@var{i})}. Same precedence as @code{->}.
@item ()
Function parameter list. Same precedence as @code{->}.
@item ::
C++ scope resolution operator. Defined on
@code{struct}, @code{union}, and @code{class} types.
@item ::
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
The _GDBN__ scope operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). Same precedence as
@code{::}, above._1__
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@end table
@cindex C and C++ constants
@node C Constants, Cplusplus expressions, C Operators, C
@subsubsection C and C++ Constants
_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of C and C++ in the
following ways:
@itemize @bullet
@item
Integer constants are a sequence of digits. Octal constants are
specified by a leading @samp{0} (ie. zero), and hexadecimal constants by
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}. Constants may also end with a letter
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@samp{l}, specifying that the constant should be treated as a
@code{long} value.
@item
Floating point constants are a sequence of digits, followed by a decimal
point, followed by a sequence of digits, and optionally followed by an
exponent. An exponent is of the form:
@samp{@w{e@r{[[}+@r{]|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}}, where @var{nnn} is another
sequence of digits. The @samp{+} is optional for positive exponents.
@item
Enumerated constants consist of enumerated identifiers, or their
integral equivalents.
@item
Character constants are a single character surrounded by single quotes
(@code{'}), or a number---the ordinal value of the corresponding character
(usually its @sc{ASCII} value). Within quotes, the single character may
be represented by a letter or by @dfn{escape sequences}, which are of
the form @samp{\@var{nnn}}, where @var{nnn} is the octal representation
of the character's ordinal value; or of the form @samp{\@var{x}}, where
@samp{@var{x}} is a predefined special character---for example,
@samp{\n} for newline.
@item
String constants are a sequence of character constants surrounded
by double quotes (@code{"}).
@item
Pointer constants are an integral value.
@end itemize
@node Cplusplus expressions, C Defaults, C Constants, C
@subsubsection C++ Expressions
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@cindex expressions in C++
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
_GDBN__'s expression handling has the following extensions to
interpret a significant subset of C++ expressions:
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@enumerate
@cindex member functions
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
Member function calls are allowed; you can use expressions like
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@example
count = aml->GetOriginal(x, y)
@end example
@kindex this
@cindex namespace in C++
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
While a member function is active (in the selected stack frame), your
expressions have the same namespace available as the member function;
that is, _GDBN__ allows implicit references to the class instance
pointer @code{this} following the same rules as C++.
@cindex call overloaded functions
@cindex type conversions in C++
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
You can call overloaded functions; _GDBN__ will resolve the function
call to the right definition, with one restriction---you must use
arguments of the type required by the function that you want to call.
_GDBN__ will not perform conversions requiring constructors or
user-defined type operators.
@cindex reference declarations
@item
_GDBN__ understands variables declared as C++ references; you can use them in
expressions just as you do in C++ source---they are automatically
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
dereferenced.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
In the parameter list shown when _GDBN__ displays a frame, the values of
reference variables are not displayed (unlike other variables); this
avoids clutter, since references are often used for large structures.
The @emph{address} of a reference variable is always shown, unless
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
you have specified @samp{set print address off}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@item
_GDBN__ supports the C++ name resolution operator @code{::}---your
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
expressions can use it just as expressions in your program do. Since
one scope may be defined in another, you can use @code{::} repeatedly if
necessary, for example in an expression like
@samp{@var{scope1}::@var{scope2}::@var{name}}. _GDBN__ also allows
resolving name scope by reference to source files, in both C and C++
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
debugging (@pxref{Variables, ,Program Variables}).
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@end enumerate
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@node C Defaults, C Checks, Cplusplus expressions, C
@subsubsection C and C++ Defaults
@cindex C and C++ defaults
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
If you allow _GDBN__ to set type and range checking automatically, they
both default to @code{off} whenever the working language changes to
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
C/C++. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
selected the working language.
If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, it sets the
working language to C/C++ on entering code compiled from a source file
whose name ends with @file{.c} or @file{.cc}.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Automatically, ,Having _GDBN__ infer the source language}, for
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
further details.
@node C Checks, Debugging C, C Defaults, C
@subsubsection C and C++ Type and Range Checks
@cindex C and C++ checks
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
range checking.
@end quotation
@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
By default, when _GDBN__ parses C or C++ expressions, type checking
is not used. However, if you turn type checking on, _GDBN__ will
consider two variables type equivalent if:
@itemize @bullet
@item
The two variables are structured and have the same structure, union, or
enumerated tag.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Two two variables have the same type name, or types that have been
declared equivalent through @code{typedef}.
@ignore
@c leaving this out because neither J Gilmore nor R Pesch understand it.
@c FIXME--beers?
@item
The two @code{struct}, @code{union}, or @code{enum} variables are
declared in the same declaration. (Note: this may not be true for all C
compilers.)
@end ignore
@end itemize
Range checking, if turned on, is done on mathematical operations. Array
indices are not checked, since they are often used to index a pointer
that is not itself an array.
@node Debugging C, Debugging C plus plus, C Checks, C
@subsubsection _GDBN__ and C
The @code{set print union} and @code{show print union} commands apply to
the @code{union} type. When set to @samp{on}, any @code{union} that is
inside a @code{struct} or @code{class} will also be printed.
Otherwise, it will appear as @samp{@{...@}}.
The @code{@@} operator aids in the debugging of dynamic arrays, formed
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
with pointers and a memory allocation function. (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions})
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@node Debugging C plus plus, , Debugging C, C
@subsubsection _GDBN__ Commands for C++
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@cindex commands for C++
Some _GDBN__ commands are particularly useful with C++, and some are
designed specifically for use with C++. Here is a summary:
@table @code
@cindex break in overloaded functions
@item @r{breakpoint menus}
When you want a breakpoint in a function whose name is overloaded,
_GDBN__'s breakpoint menus help you specify which function definition
you want. @xref{Breakpoint Menus}.
@cindex overloading in C++
@item rbreak @var{regex}
Setting breakpoints using regular expressions is helpful for setting
breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
classes.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@cindex C++ exception handling
@item catch @var{exceptions}
@itemx info catch
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Debug C++ exception handling using these commands. @xref{Exception
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@cindex inheritance
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@item ptype @var{typename}
Print inheritance relationships as well as other information for type
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@var{typename}.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@cindex C++ symbol display
@item set print demangle
@itemx show print demangle
@itemx set print asm-demangle
@itemx show print asm-demangle
Control whether C++ symbols display in their source form, both when
displaying code as C++ source and when displaying disassemblies.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@item set print object
@itemx show print object
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Choose whether to print derived (actual) or declared types of objects.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@item set print vtbl
@itemx show print vtbl
Control the format for printing virtual function tables.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@end table
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@node Modula-2, , C, Support
@subsection Modula-2
@cindex Modula-2
The extensions made to _GDBN__ to support Modula-2 support output
from the GNU Modula-2 compiler (which is currently being developed).
Other Modula-2 compilers are not currently supported, and attempting to
debug executables produced by them will most likely result in an error
as _GDBN__ reads in the executable's symbol table.
@cindex expressions in Modula-2
@menu
* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
* Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
* GDB/M2:: _GDBN__ and Modula-2
@end menu
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@node M2 Operators, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2, Modula-2
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@subsubsection Operators
@cindex Modula-2 operators
Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of Modula-2, the
following definitions hold:
@itemize @bullet
@item
@emph{Integral types} consist of @code{INTEGER}, @code{CARDINAL}, and
their subranges.
@item
@emph{Character types} consist of @code{CHAR} and its subranges.
@item
@emph{Floating-point types} consist of @code{REAL}.
@item
@emph{Pointer types} consist of anything declared as @code{POINTER TO
@var{type}}.
@item
@emph{Scalar types} consist of all of the above.
@item
@emph{Set types} consist of @code{SET}s and @code{BITSET}s.
@item
@emph{Boolean types} consist of @code{BOOLEAN}.
@end itemize
@noindent
The following operators are supported, and appear in order of
increasing precedence:
@table @code
@item ,
Function argument or array index separator.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_0__
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item :=
Assignment. The value of @var{var} @code{:=} @var{value} is
@var{value}.
@item <@r{, }>
Less than, greater than on integral, floating-point, or enumerated
types.
@item <=@r{, }>=
Less than, greater than, less than or equal to, greater than or equal to
on integral, floating-point and enumerated types, or set inclusion on
set types. Same precedence as @code{<}.
@item =@r{, }<>@r{, }#
Equality and two ways of expressing inequality, valid on scalar types.
Same precedence as @code{<}. In _GDBN__ scripts, only @code{<>} is
available for inequality, since @code{#} conflicts with the script
comment character.
@item IN
Set membership. Defined on set types and the types of their members.
Same precedence as @code{<}.
@item OR
Boolean disjunction. Defined on boolean types.
@item AND@r{, }&
Boolean conjuction. Defined on boolean types.
@item @@
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item +@r{, }-
Addition and subtraction on integral and floating-point types, or union
and difference on set types.
@item *
Multiplication on integral and floating-point types, or set intersection
on set types.
@item /
Division on floating-point types, or symmetric set difference on set
types. Same precedence as @code{*}.
@item DIV@r{, }MOD
Integer division and remainder. Defined on integral types. Same
precedence as @code{*}.
@item -
Negative. Defined on @code{INTEGER}s and @code{REAL}s.
@item ^
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item NOT
Boolean negation. Defined on boolean types. Same precedence as
@code{^}.
@item .
@code{RECORD} field selector. Defined on @code{RECORD}s. Same
precedence as @code{^}.
@item []
Array indexing. Defined on @code{ARRAY}s. Same precedence as @code{^}.
@item ()
Procedure argument list. Defined on @code{PROCEDURE}s. Same precedence
as @code{^}.
@item ::@r{, }.
_GDBN__ and Modula-2 scope operators.
@end table
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so _GDBN__
will treat the use of the operator @code{IN}, or the use of operators
@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{=}, , @code{<>}, @code{#},
@code{<=}, and @code{>=} on sets as an error.
@end quotation
_1__
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@cindex Modula-2 built-ins
@node Built-In Func/Proc, M2 Constants, M2 Operators, Modula-2
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@subsubsection Built-in Functions and Procedures
Modula-2 also makes available several built-in procedures and functions.
In describing these, the following metavariables are used:
@table @var
@item a
represents an @code{ARRAY} variable.
@item c
represents a @code{CHAR} constant or variable.
@item i
represents a variable or constant of integral type.
@item m
represents an identifier that belongs to a set. Generally used in the
same function with the metavariable @var{s}. The type of @var{s} should
be @code{SET OF @var{mtype}} (where @var{mtype} is the type of @var{m}.
@item n
represents a variable or constant of integral or floating-point type.
@item r
represents a variable or constant of floating-point type.
@item t
represents a type.
@item v
represents a variable.
@item x
represents a variable or constant of one of many types. See the
explanation of the function for details.
@end table
All Modula-2 built-in procedures also return a result, described below.
@table @code
@item ABS(@var{n})
Returns the absolute value of @var{n}.
@item CAP(@var{c})
If @var{c} is a lower case letter, it returns its upper case
equivalent, otherwise it returns its argument
@item CHR(@var{i})
Returns the character whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
@item DEC(@var{v})
Decrements the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
@item DEC(@var{v},@var{i})
Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
new value.
@item EXCL(@var{m},@var{s})
Removes the element @var{m} from the set @var{s}. Returns the new
set.
@item FLOAT(@var{i})
Returns the floating point equivalent of the integer @var{i}.
@item HIGH(@var{a})
Returns the index of the last member of @var{a}.
@item INC(@var{v})
Increments the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
@item INC(@var{v},@var{i})
Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
new value.
@item INCL(@var{m},@var{s})
Adds the element @var{m} to the set @var{s} if it is not already
there. Returns the new set.
@item MAX(@var{t})
Returns the maximum value of the type @var{t}.
@item MIN(@var{t})
Returns the minimum value of the type @var{t}.
@item ODD(@var{i})
Returns boolean TRUE if @var{i} is an odd number.
@item ORD(@var{x})
Returns the ordinal value of its argument. For example, the ordinal
value of a character is its ASCII value (on machines supporting the
ASCII character set). @var{x} must be of an ordered type, which include
integral, character and enumerated types.
@item SIZE(@var{x})
Returns the size of its argument. @var{x} can be a variable or a type.
@item TRUNC(@var{r})
Returns the integral part of @var{r}.
@item VAL(@var{t},@var{i})
Returns the member of the type @var{t} whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
@end table
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so
_GDBN__ will treat the use of procedures @code{INCL} and @code{EXCL} as
an error.
@end quotation
@cindex Modula-2 constants
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@node M2 Constants, M2 Defaults, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@subsubsection Constants
_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of Modula-2 in the following
ways:
@itemize @bullet
@item
Integer constants are simply a sequence of digits. When used in an
expression, a constant is interpreted to be type-compatible with the
rest of the expression. Hexadecimal integers are specified by a
trailing @samp{H}, and octal integers by a trailing @samp{B}.
@item
Floating point constants appear as a sequence of digits, followed by a
decimal point and another sequence of digits. An optional exponent can
then be specified, in the form @samp{E@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}, where
@samp{@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}} is the desired exponent. All of the
digits of the floating point constant must be valid decimal (base 10)
digits.
@item
Character constants consist of a single character enclosed by a pair of
like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). They may
also be expressed by their ordinal value (their ASCII value, usually)
followed by a @samp{C}.
@item
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
String constants consist of a sequence of characters enclosed by a
pair of like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}).
Escape sequences in the style of C are also allowed. @xref{C
Constants, ,C and C++ Constants}, for a brief explanation of escape
sequences.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@item
Enumerated constants consist of an enumerated identifier.
@item
Boolean constants consist of the identifiers @code{TRUE} and
@code{FALSE}.
@item
Pointer constants consist of integral values only.
@item
Set constants are not yet supported.
@end itemize
@node M2 Defaults, Deviations, M2 Constants, Modula-2
@subsubsection Modula-2 Defaults
@cindex Modula-2 defaults
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
If type and range checking are set automatically by _GDBN__, they
both default to @code{on} whenever the working language changes to
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Modula-2. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
selected the working language.
If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then entering
code compiled from a file whose name ends with @file{.mod} will set the
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
working language to Modula-2. @xref{Automatically, ,Having _GDBN__ set
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
the language automatically}, for further details.
@node Deviations, M2 Checks, M2 Defaults, Modula-2
@subsubsection Deviations from Standard Modula-2
@cindex Modula-2, deviations from
A few changes have been made to make Modula-2 programs easier to debug.
This is done primarily via loosening its type strictness:
@itemize @bullet
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Unlike in standard Modula-2, pointer constants can be formed by
integers. This allows you to modify pointer variables during
debugging. (In standard Modula-2, the actual address contained in a
pointer variable is hidden from you; it can only be modified
through direct assignment to another pointer variable or expression that
returned a pointer.)
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@item
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
C escape sequences can be used in strings and characters to represent
non-printable characters. _GDBN__ will print out strings with these
escape sequences embedded. Single non-printable characters are
printed using the @samp{CHR(@var{nnn})} format.
@item
The assignment operator (@code{:=}) returns the value of its right-hand
argument.
@item
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
All built-in procedures both modify @emph{and} return their argument.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@end itemize
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@node M2 Checks, M2 Scope, Deviations, Modula-2
@subsubsection Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
@cindex Modula-2 checks
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
range checking.
@end quotation
@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
_GDBN__ considers two Modula-2 variables type equivalent if:
@itemize @bullet
@item
They are of types that have been declared equivalent via a @code{TYPE
@var{t1} = @var{t2}} statement
@item
They have been declared on the same line. (Note: This is true of the
GNU Modula-2 compiler, but it may not be true of other compilers.)
@end itemize
As long as type checking is enabled, any attempt to combine variables
whose types are not equivalent is an error.
Range checking is done on all mathematical operations, assignment, array
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
index bounds, and all built-in functions and procedures.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@node M2 Scope, GDB/M2, M2 Checks, Modula-2
@subsubsection The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
@cindex scope
@kindex .
* Phrasing of "disassemble" description improved (less wordy, avoids widow in small format) * typo in index entry type fixed * example of nonexistent configuration, in config appendix, slightly more far-fetched
1992-02-28 00:42:40 +00:00
@cindex colon, doubled as scope operator
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@ifinfo
@kindex colon-colon
@c Info cannot handoe :: but TeX can.
@end ifinfo
@iftex
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@kindex ::
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end iftex
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
There are a few subtle differences between the Modula-2 scope operator
(@code{.}) and the _GDBN__ scope operator (@code{::}). The two have
similar syntax:
@example
@var{module} . @var{id}
@var{scope} :: @var{id}
@end example
@noindent
where @var{scope} is the name of a module or a procedure,
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@var{module} the name of a module, and @var{id} is any declared
identifier within your program, except another module.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Using the @code{::} operator makes _GDBN__ search the scope
specified by @var{scope} for the identifier @var{id}. If it is not
found in the specified scope, then _GDBN__ will search all scopes
enclosing the one specified by @var{scope}.
Using the @code{.} operator makes _GDBN__ search the current scope for
the identifier specified by @var{id} that was imported from the
definition module specified by @var{module}. With this operator, it is
an error if the identifier @var{id} was not imported from definition
module @var{module}, or if @var{id} is not an identifier in
@var{module}.
@node GDB/M2, , M2 Scope, Modula-2
@subsubsection _GDBN__ and Modula-2
Some _GDBN__ commands have little use when debugging Modula-2 programs.
Five subcommands of @code{set print} and @code{show print} apply
specifically to C and C++: @samp{vtbl}, @samp{demangle},
@samp{asm-demangle}, @samp{object}, and @samp{union}. The first four
apply to C++, and the last to C's @code{union} type, which has no direct
analogue in Modula-2.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
The @code{@@} operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}), while available
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
while using any language, is not useful with Modula-2. Its
intent is to aid the debugging of @dfn{dynamic arrays}, which cannot be
created in Modula-2 as they can in C or C++. However, because an
address can be specified by an integral constant, the construct
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@samp{@{@var{type}@}@var{adrexp}} is still useful. (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions})
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
_0__
@cindex @code{#} in Modula-2
In _GDBN__ scripts, the Modula-2 inequality operator @code{#} is
interpreted as the beginning of a comment. Use @code{<>} instead.
_1__
@node Symbols, Altering, Languages, Top
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@chapter Examining the Symbol Table
The commands described in this section allow you to inquire about the
symbols (names of variables, functions and types) defined in your
program. This information is inherent in the text of your program and
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
does not change as your program executes. _GDBN__ finds it in your
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
program's symbol table, in the file indicated when you started _GDBN__
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(@pxref{File Options, ,Choosing Files}), or by one of the
file-management commands (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item info address @var{symbol}
@kindex info address
Describe where the data for @var{symbol} is stored. For a register
variable, this says which register it is kept in. For a non-register
local variable, this prints the stack-frame offset at which the variable
is always stored.
Note the contrast with @samp{print &@var{symbol}}, which does not work
at all for a register variables, and for a stack local variable prints
the exact address of the current instantiation of the variable.
@item whatis @var{exp}
@kindex whatis
Print the data type of expression @var{exp}. @var{exp} is not
actually evaluated, and any side-effecting operations (such as
assignments or function calls) inside it do not take place.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item whatis
Print the data type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
@item ptype @var{typename}
@kindex ptype
Print a description of data type @var{typename}. @var{typename} may be
the name of a type, or for C code it may have the form
@samp{struct @var{struct-tag}}, @samp{union @var{union-tag}} or
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@samp{enum @var{enum-tag}}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item ptype @var{exp}
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
@itemx ptype
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Print a description of the type of expression @var{exp}. @code{ptype}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
differs from @code{whatis} by printing a detailed description, instead
of just the name of the type. For example, if your program declares a
variable as
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
struct complex @{double real; double imag;@} v;
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@noindent
compare the output of the two commands:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(_GDBP__) whatis v
type = struct complex
(_GDBP__) ptype v
type = struct complex @{
double real;
double imag;
@}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
@noindent
As with @code{whatis}, using @code{ptype} without an argument refers to
the type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item info types @var{regexp}
@itemx info types
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@kindex info types
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Print a brief description of all types whose name matches @var{regexp}
(or all types in your program, if you supply no argument). Each
complete typename is matched as though it were a complete line; thus,
@samp{i type value} gives information on all types in your program whose
name includes the string @code{value}, but @samp{i type ^value$} gives
information only on types whose complete name is @code{value}.
This command differs from @code{ptype} in two ways: first, like
@code{whatis}, it does not print a detailed description; second, it
lists all source files where a type is defined.
@item info source
@kindex info source
Show the name of the current source file---that is, the source file for
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
the function containing the current point of execution---and the language
it was written in.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item info sources
@kindex info sources
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Print the names of all source files in your program for which there is
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
debugging information, organized into two lists: files whose symbols
have already been read, and files whose symbols will be read when needed.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item info functions
@kindex info functions
Print the names and data types of all defined functions.
@item info functions @var{regexp}
Print the names and data types of all defined functions
whose names contain a match for regular expression @var{regexp}.
Thus, @samp{info fun step} finds all functions whose names
include @code{step}; @samp{info fun ^step} finds those whose names
start with @code{step}.
@item info variables
@kindex info variables
Print the names and data types of all variables that are declared
outside of functions (i.e., excluding local variables).
@item info variables @var{regexp}
Print the names and data types of all variables (except for local
variables) whose names contain a match for regular expression
@var{regexp}.
@ignore
This was never implemented.
@item info methods
@itemx info methods @var{regexp}
@kindex info methods
The @code{info methods} command permits the user to examine all defined
methods within C++ program, or (with the @var{regexp} argument) a
specific set of methods found in the various C++ classes. Many
C++ classes provide a large number of methods. Thus, the output
from the @code{ptype} command can be overwhelming and hard to use. The
@code{info-methods} command filters the methods, printing only those
which match the regular-expression @var{regexp}.
@end ignore
@item printsyms @var{filename}
Catch up to changes recorded in GDB ChangeLog, to wit: 1) "show copying" and "show warranty" in sample output (instead of obs. "info") 2) new command "printpsyms" 3) Complaint "const/volatile indicator missing" re-enabled 4) Complaint "C++ type mismatch..." now "info mismatch..."
1991-10-14 20:36:50 +00:00
@itemx printpsyms @var{filename}
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
@itemx printmsyms @var{filename}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex printsyms
Catch up to changes recorded in GDB ChangeLog, to wit: 1) "show copying" and "show warranty" in sample output (instead of obs. "info") 2) new command "printpsyms" 3) Complaint "const/volatile indicator missing" re-enabled 4) Complaint "C++ type mismatch..." now "info mismatch..."
1991-10-14 20:36:50 +00:00
@cindex symbol dump
@kindex printsyms
@cindex partial symbol dump
Write a dump of debugging symbol data into the file @var{filename}.
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
These commands are used to debug the _GDBN__ symbol-reading code. Only
symbols with debugging data are included. If you use @code{printsyms},
_GDBN__ includes all the symbols for which it has already collected full
details: that is, @var{filename} reflects symbols for only those files
whose symbols _GDBN__ has read. You can use the command @code{info
sources} to find out which files these are. If you use
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
@code{printpsyms} instead, the dump shows information about symbols that
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
_GDBN__ only knows partially---that is, symbols defined in files that
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
_GDBN__ has skimmed, but not yet read completely. Finally,
Typo
1992-06-09 02:38:11 +00:00
@code{printmsyms} dumps just the minimal symbol information required for
(1) Document printmsyms; slight clarifications to description of printsyms, printpsyms. (2) Fix errors found by makeinfo. (3) Initial docn for "info proc" and its subcommands. Should probably be expanded somewhat after implementation complete.
1992-03-13 22:56:28 +00:00
each object file from which _GDBN__ has read some symbols. The description of
@code{symbol-file} explains how _GDBN__ reads symbols; both @code{info
source} and @code{symbol-file} are described in @ref{Files, ,Commands
to Specify Files}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@node Altering, _GDBN__ Files, Symbols, Top
@chapter Altering Execution
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Once you think you have found an error in your program, you might want to
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
find out for certain whether correcting the apparent error would lead to
correct results in the rest of the run. You can find the answer by
experiment, using the _GDBN__ features for altering execution of the
program.
For example, you can store new values into variables or memory
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
locations, give your program a signal, restart it at a different address,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
or even return prematurely from a function to its caller.
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
* Signaling:: Giving your program a Signal
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Returning:: Returning from a Function
* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
* Patching:: Patching your Program
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Assignment, Jumping, Altering, Altering
@section Assignment to Variables
@cindex assignment
@cindex setting variables
To alter the value of a variable, evaluate an assignment expression.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. For example,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
print x=4
@end example
@noindent
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
stores the value 4 into the variable @code{x}, and then prints the
value of the assignment expression (which is 4). @xref{Languages,
,Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages}, for more information on
operators in supported languages.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex set variable
@cindex variables, setting
If you are not interested in seeing the value of the assignment, use the
@code{set} command instead of the @code{print} command. @code{set} is
really the same as @code{print} except that the expression's value is not
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
printed and is not put in the value history (@pxref{Value History, ,Value History}). The
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
expression is evaluated only for its effects.
If the beginning of the argument string of the @code{set} command
appears identical to a @code{set} subcommand, use the @code{set
variable} command instead of just @code{set}. This command is identical
to @code{set} except for its lack of subcommands. For example, a
program might well have a variable @code{width}---which leads to
an error if we try to set a new value with just @samp{set width=13}, as
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
we might if @code{set width} did not happen to be a _GDBN__ command:
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
(_GDBP__) whatis width
type = double
(_GDBP__) p width
$4 = 13
(_GDBP__) set width=47
Invalid syntax in expression.
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@noindent
The invalid expression, of course, is @samp{=47}. What we can do in
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
order to actually set our program's variable @code{width} is
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
(_GDBP__) set var width=47
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_GDBN__ allows more implicit conversions in assignments than C; you can
freely store an integer value into a pointer variable or vice versa,
and any structure can be converted to any other structure that is the
same length or shorter.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@comment FIXME: how do structs align/pad in these conversions?
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@comment /pesch@cygnus.com 18dec1990
To store values into arbitrary places in memory, use the @samp{@{@dots{}@}}
construct to generate a value of specified type at a specified address
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). For example, @code{@{int@}0x83040} refers
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
to memory location @code{0x83040} as an integer (which implies a certain size
and representation in memory), and
@example
set @{int@}0x83040 = 4
@end example
@noindent
stores the value 4 into that memory location.
@node Jumping, Signaling, Assignment, Altering
@section Continuing at a Different Address
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Ordinarily, when you continue your program, you do so at the place where
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
it stopped, with the @code{continue} command. You can instead continue at
an address of your own choosing, with the following commands:
@table @code
@item jump @var{linespec}
@kindex jump
Resume execution at line @var{linespec}. Execution will stop
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
immediately if there is a breakpoint there. @xref{List, ,Printing
Source Lines}, for a description of the different forms of
@var{linespec}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The @code{jump} command does not change the current stack frame, or
the stack pointer, or the contents of any memory location or any
register other than the program counter. If line @var{linespec} is in
a different function from the one currently executing, the results may
be bizarre if the two functions expect different patterns of arguments or
of local variables. For this reason, the @code{jump} command requests
confirmation if the specified line is not in the function currently
executing. However, even bizarre results are predictable if you are
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
well acquainted with the machine-language code of your program.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item jump *@var{address}
Resume execution at the instruction at address @var{address}.
@end table
You can get much the same effect as the @code{jump} command by storing a
new value into the register @code{$pc}. The difference is that this
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
does not start your program running; it only changes the address where it
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@emph{will} run when it is continued. For example,
@example
set $pc = 0x485
@end example
@noindent
causes the next @code{continue} command or stepping command to execute at
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
address @code{0x485}, rather than at the address where your program stopped.
@xref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The most common occasion to use the @code{jump} command is to back up,
perhaps with more breakpoints set, over a portion of a program that has
already executed, in order to examine its execution in more detail.
@node Signaling, Returning, Jumping, Altering
@c @group
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@section Giving your program a Signal
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item signal @var{signalnum}
@kindex signal
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Resume execution where your program stopped, but give it immediately the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
signal number @var{signalnum}.
Alternatively, if @var{signalnum} is zero, continue execution without
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
giving a signal. This is useful when your program stopped on account of
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
a signal and would ordinary see the signal when resumed with the
@code{continue} command; @samp{signal 0} causes it to resume without a
signal.
@code{signal} does not repeat when you press @key{RET} a second time
after executing the command.
@end table
@c @end group
@node Returning, Calling, Signaling, Altering
@section Returning from a Function
@table @code
@item return
@itemx return @var{expression}
@cindex returning from a function
@kindex return
You can cancel execution of a function call with the @code{return}
command. If you give an
@var{expression} argument, its value is used as the function's return
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
value.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
When you use @code{return}, _GDBN__ discards the selected stack frame
(and all frames within it). You can think of this as making the
discarded frame return prematurely. If you wish to specify a value to
be returned, give that value as the argument to @code{return}.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
This pops the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a
Frame}), and any other frames inside of it, leaving its caller as the
innermost remaining frame. That frame becomes selected. The
specified value is stored in the registers used for returning values
of functions.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The @code{return} command does not resume execution; it leaves the
program stopped in the state that would exist if the function had just
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
returned. In contrast, the @code{finish} command (@pxref{Continuing
and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}) resumes execution until the
selected stack frame returns naturally.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@node Calling, Patching, Returning, Altering
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@section Calling your Program's Functions
@cindex calling functions
@kindex call
@table @code
@item call @var{expr}
Evaluate the expression @var{expr} without displaying @code{void}
returned values.
@end table
You can use this variant of the @code{print} command if you want to
execute a function from your program, but without cluttering the output
with @code{void} returned values. The result is printed and saved in
the value history, if it is not void.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@node Patching, , Calling, Altering
@section Patching your Program
@cindex patching binaries
@cindex writing into executables
@cindex writing into corefiles
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
By default, _GDBN__ opens the file containing your program's executable
code (or the corefile) read-only. This prevents accidental alterations
to machine code; but it also prevents you from intentionally patching
your program's binary.
If you'd like to be able to patch the binary, you can specify that
explicitly with the @code{set write} command. For example, you might
want to turn on internal debugging flags, or even to make emergency
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
repairs.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@table @code
@item set write on
@itemx set write off
@kindex set write
If you specify @samp{set write on}, _GDBN__ will open executable and
core files for both reading and writing; if you specify @samp{set write
off} (the default), _GDBN__ will open them read-only.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
If you have already loaded a file, you must load it
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
again (using the @code{exec-file} or @code{core-file} command) after
changing @code{set write}, for your new setting to take effect.
@item show write
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 03:59:06; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +12 -7) Formatting updates to "installing" appendix.
1991-10-09 00:30:17 +00:00
@kindex show write
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Display whether executable files and core files will be opened for
writing as well as reading.
@end table
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node _GDBN__ Files, Targets, Altering, Top
@chapter _GDBN__'s Files
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_GDBN__ needs to know the file name of the program to be debugged, both in
order to read its symbol table and in order to start your program. To
debug a core dump of a previous run, _GDBN__ must be told the file name of
the core dump.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Files, Symbol Errors, _GDBN__ Files, _GDBN__ Files
@section Commands to Specify Files
@cindex core dump file
@cindex symbol table
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
The usual way to specify executable and core dump file names is with
the command arguments given when you start _GDBN__, (@pxref{Invocation,
,Getting In and Out of _GDBN__}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Occasionally it is necessary to change to a different file during a
_GDBN__ session. Or you may run _GDBN__ and forget to specify the files you
want to use. In these situations the _GDBN__ commands to specify new files
are useful.
@table @code
@item file @var{filename}
@cindex executable file
@kindex file
Use @var{filename} as the program to be debugged. It is read for its
symbols and for the contents of pure memory. It is also the program
executed when you use the @code{run} command. If you do not specify a
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
directory and the file is not found in _GDBN__'s working directory, _GDBN__
uses the environment variable @code{PATH} as a list of directories to
search, just as the shell does when looking for a program to run. You
can change the value of this variable, for both _GDBN__ and your program,
using the @code{path} command.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
On systems with memory-mapped files, an auxiliary symbol table file
@file{@var{filename}.syms} may be available for @var{filename}. If it
is, _GDBN__ will map in the symbol table from
@file{@var{filename}.syms}, starting up more quickly. See the
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
descriptions of the options @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} (available
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
on the command line, and with the commands @code{file}, @code{symbol-file},
or @code{add-symbol-file}), for more information.
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
@item file
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@code{file} with no argument makes _GDBN__ discard any information it
has on both executable file and the symbol table.
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
@item exec-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex exec-file
Specify that the program to be run (but not the symbol table) is found
in @var{filename}. _GDBN__ will search the environment variable @code{PATH}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
if necessary to locate your program. Omitting @var{filename} means to
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
discard information on the executable file.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
@item symbol-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex symbol-file
Read symbol table information from file @var{filename}. @code{PATH} is
searched when necessary. Use the @code{file} command to get both symbol
table and program to run from the same file.
@code{symbol-file} with no argument clears out _GDBN__'s information on your
program's symbol table.
The @code{symbol-file} command causes _GDBN__ to forget the contents of its
convenience variables, the value history, and all breakpoints and
auto-display expressions. This is because they may contain pointers to
the internal data recording symbols and data types, which are part of
the old symbol table data being discarded inside _GDBN__.
@code{symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
executing it once.
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
When _GDBN__ is configured for a particular environment, it will
understand debugging information in whatever format is the standard
generated for that environment; you may use either a GNU compiler, or
other compilers that adhere to the local conventions. Best results are
usually obtained from GNU compilers; for example, using @code{_GCC__}
you can generate debugging information for optimized code.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
On some kinds of object files, the @code{symbol-file} command does not
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
normally read the symbol table in full right away. Instead, it scans
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
the symbol table quickly to find which source files and which symbols
are present. The details are read later, one source file at a time,
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
as they are needed.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The purpose of this two-stage reading strategy is to make _GDBN__ start up
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
faster. For the most part, it is invisible except for occasional
pauses while the symbol table details for a particular source file are
being read. (The @code{set verbose} command can turn these pauses
into messages if desired. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings
and Messages}.)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
When the symbol table is stored in COFF format, @code{symbol-file} does
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
read the symbol table data in full right away. We have not implemented
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
the two-stage strategy for COFF yet.
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
@item symbol-file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
@itemx file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
@kindex readnow
@cindex reading symbols immediately
@cindex symbols, reading immediately
@kindex mapped
@cindex memory-mapped symbol file
formatting improvements (already in progressive)
1992-05-06 04:49:50 +00:00
@cindex saving symbol table
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
You can override the _GDBN__ two-stage strategy for reading symbol
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
tables by using the @samp{-readnow} option with any of the commands that
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
load symbol table information, if you want to be sure _GDBN__ has the
entire symbol table available.
If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
@code{mmap} system call, you can use another option, @samp{-mapped}, to
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
cause _GDBN__ to write the symbols for your program into a reusable
file. Future _GDBN__ debugging sessions will map in symbol information
from this auxiliary symbol file (if the program hasn't changed), rather
than spending time reading the symbol table from the executable
program. Using the @samp{-mapped} option has the same effect as
starting _GDBN__ with the @samp{-mapped} command-line option.
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
You can use both options together, to make sure the auxiliary symbol
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
file has all the symbol information for your program.
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
The @code{.syms} file is specific to the host machine on which GDB is run.
It holds an exact image of GDB's internal symbol table. It cannot be
shared across multiple host platforms.
(1) GDB 4.5: another Grossman/Gilmore co-production! (2) Add fnf to GDB credits for SVr4 stuff. (Need to sift ChangeLog again for more recent credits). (3) document "mapped", "readnow" keywords (with file or symbol-file commands; for now no mention of add-symbol-file in this context), -m and -mapped cmd-line options, and associated explanations.
1992-03-14 00:07:37 +00:00
The auxiliary symbol file for a program called @var{myprog} is called
@samp{@var{myprog}.syms}. Once this file exists (so long as it is newer
than the corresponding executable), _GDBN__ will always attempt to use
it when you debug @var{myprog}; no special options or commands are
needed.
@c FIXME: for now no mention of directories, since this seems to be in
@c flux. 13mar1992 status is that in theory GDB would look either in
@c current dir or in same dir as myprog; but issues like competing
@c GDB's, or clutter in system dirs, mean that in practice right now
@c only current dir is used. FFish says maybe a special GDB hierarchy
@c (eg rooted in val of env var GDBSYMS) could exist for mappable symbol
@c files.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Clarifications and rephrasings, largely due to Pinard's comments on refcard.
1991-10-16 20:00:20 +00:00
@item core-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex core
@kindex core-file
Specify the whereabouts of a core dump file to be used as the ``contents
of memory''. Traditionally, core files contain only some parts of the
address space of the process that generated them; _GDBN__ can access the
executable file itself for other parts.
@code{core-file} with no argument specifies that no core file is
to be used.
Note that the core file is ignored when your program is actually running
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
under _GDBN__. So, if you have been running your program and you wish to
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
debug a core file instead, you must kill the subprocess in which the
program is running. To do this, use the @code{kill} command
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(@pxref{Kill Process, ,Killing the Child Process}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item load @var{filename}
@kindex load
_if__(_GENERIC__)
Depending on what remote debugging facilities are configured into
_GDBN__, the @code{load} command may be available. Where it exists, it
is meant to make @var{filename} (an executable) available for debugging
on the remote system---by downloading, or dynamic linking, for example.
@code{load} also records @var{filename}'s symbol table in _GDBN__, like
the @code{add-symbol-file} command.
If @code{load} is not available on your _GDBN__, attempting to execute
it gets the error message ``@code{You can't do that when your target is
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@dots{}}''
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
_if__(_VXWORKS__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
On VxWorks, @code{load} will dynamically link @var{filename} on the
current target system as well as adding its symbols in _GDBN__.
_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
_if__(_I960__)
@cindex download to Nindy-960
With the Nindy interface to an Intel 960 board, @code{load} will
download @var{filename} to the 960 as well as adding its symbols in
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
_GDBN__.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_fi__(_I960__)
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
_if__(_H8__)
@cindex download to H8/300
@cindex H8/300 download
When you select remote debugging to a Hitachi H8/300 board (@pxref{Hitachi
H8/300 Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}), the
@code{load} command downloads your program to the H8/300 and also opens
it as the current executable target for _GDBN__ on your host (like the
@code{file} command).
_fi__(_H8__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@code{load} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
@item add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address}
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
@itemx add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex add-symbol-file
@cindex dynamic linking
The @code{add-symbol-file} command reads additional symbol table information
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
from the file @var{filename}. You would use this command when @var{filename}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
has been dynamically loaded (by some other means) into the program that
is running. @var{address} should be the memory address at which the
file has been loaded; _GDBN__ cannot figure this out for itself.
The symbol table of the file @var{filename} is added to the symbol table
originally read with the @code{symbol-file} command. You can use the
@code{add-symbol-file} command any number of times; the new symbol data thus
read keeps adding to the old. To discard all old symbol data instead,
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
use the @code{symbol-file} command.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@code{add-symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
0) Update descriptions of symbol-file, file, add-symbol-file cmds for use of *options* "-readnow" and "-mapped". 1) Change title/subtitle to come closer to text used by FSF when they printed this thing (but still avoid silliness of having word "manual" in the title). 2) First few minor corrections from most recent Chassell pass.
1992-04-06 23:29:36 +00:00
You can use the @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} options just as with
the @code{symbol-file} command, to change how _GDBN__ manages the symbol
tabl einformation for @var{filename}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item info files
@itemx info target
@kindex info files
@kindex info target
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@code{info files} and @code{info target} are synonymous; both print
the current targets (@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a Debugging Target}),
including the names of the executable and core dump files currently in
use by _GDBN__, and the files from which symbols were loaded. The command
@code{help targets} lists all possible targets rather than current
ones.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
All file-specifying commands allow both absolute and relative file names
as arguments. _GDBN__ always converts the file name to an absolute path
name and remembers it that way.
@cindex shared libraries
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
_GDBN__ supports SunOS, SVR4, and IBM RS/6000 shared libraries.
_GDBN__ automatically loads symbol definitions from shared libraries
when you use the @code{run} command, or when you examine a core file.
(Before you issue the @code{run} command, _GDBN__ will not understand
references to a function in a shared library, however---unless you are
debugging a core file).
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@c FIXME: next _GDBN__ release should permit some refs to undef
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@c FIXME...symbols---eg in a break cmd---assuming they are from a shared lib
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item info share
@itemx info sharedlibrary
@kindex info sharedlibrary
@kindex info share
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
Print the names of the shared libraries which are currently loaded.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
@item sharedlibrary @var{regex}
@itemx share @var{regex}
@kindex sharedlibrary
@kindex share
This is an obsolescent command; you can use it to explicitly
load shared object library symbols for files matching a UNIX regular
expression, but as with files loaded automatically, it will only load
shared libraries required by your program for a core file or after
typing @code{run}. If @var{regex} is omitted all shared libraries
required by your program are loaded.
@end table
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Symbol Errors, , Files, _GDBN__ Files
@section Errors Reading Symbol Files
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
While reading a symbol file, _GDBN__ will occasionally encounter problems,
such as symbol types it does not recognize, or known bugs in compiler
output. By default, _GDBN__ does not notify you of such problems, since
they are relatively common and primarily of interest to people
debugging compilers. If you are interested in seeing information
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
about ill-constructed symbol tables, you can either ask _GDBN__ to print
only one message about each such type of problem, no matter how many
times the problem occurs; or you can ask _GDBN__ to print more messages,
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
to see how many times the problems occur, with the @code{set
complaints} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and
Messages}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The messages currently printed, and their meanings, are:
@table @code
@item inner block not inside outer block in @var{symbol}
The symbol information shows where symbol scopes begin and end
(such as at the start of a function or a block of statements). This
error indicates that an inner scope block is not fully contained
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
in its outer scope blocks.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the inner block as if it had
the same scope as the outer block. In the error message, @var{symbol}
may be shown as ``@code{(don't know)}'' if the outer block is not a
function.
@item block at @var{address} out of order
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
The symbol information for symbol scope blocks should occur in
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
order of increasing addresses. This error indicates that it does not
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
do so.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ does not circumvent this problem, and will have trouble locating
symbols in the source file whose symbols being read. (You can often
determine what source file is affected by specifying @code{set verbose
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
on}. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and Messages}.)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item bad block start address patched
The symbol information for a symbol scope block has a start address
smaller than the address of the preceding source line. This is known
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
to occur in the SunOS 4.1.1 (and earlier) C compiler.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the symbol scope block as
starting on the previous source line.
@item bad string table offset in symbol @var{n}
@cindex foo
Symbol number @var{n} contains a pointer into the string table which is
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
larger than the size of the string table.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by considering the symbol to have the
name @code{foo}, which may cause other problems if many symbols end up
with this name.
@item unknown symbol type @code{0x@var{nn}}
The symbol information contains new data types that _GDBN__ does not yet
know how to read. @code{0x@var{nn}} is the symbol type of the misunderstood
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
information, in hexadecimal.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ circumvents the error by ignoring this symbol information. This
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
will usually allow your program to be debugged, though certain symbols
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
will not be accessible. If you encounter such a problem and feel like
debugging it, you can debug @code{_GDBP__} with itself, breakpoint on
@code{complain}, then go up to the function @code{read_dbx_symtab} and
examine @code{*bufp} to see the symbol.
@item stub type has NULL name
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
_GDBN__ could not find the full definition for a struct or class.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Catch up to changes recorded in GDB ChangeLog, to wit: 1) "show copying" and "show warranty" in sample output (instead of obs. "info") 2) new command "printpsyms" 3) Complaint "const/volatile indicator missing" re-enabled 4) Complaint "C++ type mismatch..." now "info mismatch..."
1991-10-14 20:36:50 +00:00
@item const/volatile indicator missing (ok if using g++ v1.x), got@dots{}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The symbol information for a C++ member function is missing some
Catch up to changes recorded in GDB ChangeLog, to wit: 1) "show copying" and "show warranty" in sample output (instead of obs. "info") 2) new command "printpsyms" 3) Complaint "const/volatile indicator missing" re-enabled 4) Complaint "C++ type mismatch..." now "info mismatch..."
1991-10-14 20:36:50 +00:00
information that recent versions of the compiler should have output
for it.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Catch up to changes recorded in GDB ChangeLog, to wit: 1) "show copying" and "show warranty" in sample output (instead of obs. "info") 2) new command "printpsyms" 3) Complaint "const/volatile indicator missing" re-enabled 4) Complaint "C++ type mismatch..." now "info mismatch..."
1991-10-14 20:36:50 +00:00
@item info mismatch between compiler and debugger
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Catch up to changes recorded in GDB ChangeLog, to wit: 1) "show copying" and "show warranty" in sample output (instead of obs. "info") 2) new command "printpsyms" 3) Complaint "const/volatile indicator missing" re-enabled 4) Complaint "C++ type mismatch..." now "info mismatch..."
1991-10-14 20:36:50 +00:00
_GDBN__ could not parse a type specification output by the compiler.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
@node Targets, Controlling _GDBN__, _GDBN__ Files, Top
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@chapter Specifying a Debugging Target
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@cindex debugging target
@kindex target
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
A @dfn{target} is the execution environment occupied by your program.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Often, _GDBN__ runs in the same host environment as your program; in
that case, the debugging target is specified as a side effect when you
use the @code{file} or @code{core} commands. When you need more
flexibility---for example, running _GDBN__ on a physically separate
host, or controlling a standalone system over a serial port or a
realtime system over a TCP/IP connection---you can use the @code{target}
command to specify one of the target types configured for _GDBN__
(@pxref{Target Commands, ,Commands for Managing Targets}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Active Targets:: Active Targets
* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
* Remote:: Remote Debugging
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Active Targets, Target Commands, Targets, Targets
@section Active Targets
@cindex stacking targets
@cindex active targets
@cindex multiple targets
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
There are three classes of targets: processes, core files, and
executable files. _GDBN__ can work concurrently on up to three active
targets, one in each class. This allows you to (for example) start a
process and inspect its activity without abandoning your work on a core
file.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
If, for example, you execute @samp{gdb a.out}, then the executable file
@code{a.out} is the only active target. If you designate a core file as
well---presumably from a prior run that crashed and coredumped---then
_GDBN__ has two active targets and will use them in tandem, looking
first in the corefile target, then in the executable file, to satisfy
requests for memory addresses. (Typically, these two classes of target
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
are complementary, since core files contain only a program's
Clarifications to "stepping", "Displaying Memory", and "Targets" due largely to Larry Breed
1991-10-15 00:43:31 +00:00
read-write memory---variables and so on---plus machine status, while
executable files contain only the program text and initialized data.)
When you type @code{run}, your executable file becomes an active process
target as well. When a process target is active, all _GDBN__ commands
requesting memory addresses refer to that target; addresses in an active
core file or executable file target are obscured while the process
target is active.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Use the @code{core-file} and @code{exec-file} commands to select a
new core file or executable target (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify
Files}). To specify as a target a process that is already running, use
the @code{attach} command (@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an
Already-Running Process}.).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Target Commands, Remote, Active Targets, Targets
@section Commands for Managing Targets
@table @code
@item target @var{type} @var{parameters}
Connects the _GDBN__ host environment to a target machine or process. A
target is typically a protocol for talking to debugging facilities. You
use the argument @var{type} to specify the type or protocol of the
target machine.
Further @var{parameters} are interpreted by the target protocol, but
typically include things like device names or host names to connect
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
with, process numbers, and baud rates.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The @code{target} command will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again
after executing the command.
@item help target
@kindex help target
Displays the names of all targets available. To display targets
currently selected, use either @code{info target} or @code{info files}
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
(@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item help target @var{name}
Describe a particular target, including any parameters necessary to
select it.
@end table
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
Here are some common targets (available, or not, depending on the GDB
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
configuration):
@table @code
@item target exec @var{prog}
@kindex target exec
An executable file. @samp{target exec @var{prog}} is the same as
@samp{exec-file @var{prog}}.
@item target core @var{filename}
@kindex target core
A core dump file. @samp{target core @var{filename}} is the same as
@samp{core-file @var{filename}}.
@item target remote @var{dev}
@kindex target remote
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
Remote serial target in GDB-specific protocol. The argument @var{dev}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
specifies what serial device to use for the connection (e.g.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@file{/dev/ttya}). @xref{Remote, ,Remote Debugging}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_if__(_AMD29K__)
@item target amd-eb @var{dev} @var{speed} @var{PROG}
@kindex target amd-eb
@cindex AMD EB29K
Remote PC-resident AMD EB29K board, attached over serial lines.
@var{dev} is the serial device, as for @code{target remote};
@var{speed} allows you to specify the linespeed; and @var{PROG} is the
name of the program to be debugged, as it appears to DOS on the PC.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{EB29K Remote, ,GDB with a Remote EB29K}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_fi__(_AMD29K__)
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
_if__(_H8__)
@item target hms
@kindex target hms
A Hitachi H8/300 board, attached via serial line to your host. Use
special commands @code{device} and @code{speed} to control the serial
line and the communications speed used. @xref{Hitachi H8/300
Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}.
_fi__(_H8__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_if__(_I960__)
@item target nindy @var{devicename}
@kindex target nindy
An Intel 960 board controlled by a Nindy Monitor. @var{devicename} is
the name of the serial device to use for the connection, e.g.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@file{/dev/ttya}. @xref{i960-Nindy Remote, ,_GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_fi__(_I960__)
_if__(_VXWORKS__)
@item target vxworks @var{machinename}
@kindex target vxworks
A VxWorks system, attached via TCP/IP. The argument @var{machinename}
is the target system's machine name or IP address.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{VxWorks Remote, ,_GDBN__ and VxWorks}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
@end table
_if__(_GENERIC__)
Different targets are available on different configurations of _GDBN__; your
configuration may have more or fewer targets.
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
@node Remote, , Target Commands, Targets
@section Remote Debugging
@cindex remote debugging
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
If you are trying to debug a program running on a machine that cannot run
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB in the usual way, it is often useful to use remote debugging. For
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
example, you might use remote debugging on an operating system kernel, or on
a small system which does not have a general purpose operating system
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
powerful enough to run a full-featured debugger.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
Some configurations of GDB have special serial or TCP/IP interfaces
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
to make this work with particular debugging targets. In addition,
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB comes with a generic serial protocol (specific to GDB, but
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
not specific to any particular target system) which you can use if you
write the remote stubs---the code that will run on the remote system to
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
communicate with GDB.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
To use the GDB remote serial protocol, the program to be debugged on
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
the remote machine needs to contain a debugging stub which talks to
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB over the serial line. Several working remote stubs are
distributed with GDB; see the @file{README} file in the GDB
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
distribution for more information.
For details of this communication protocol, see the comments in the
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB source file @file{remote.c}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
To start remote debugging, first run GDB and specify as an executable file
the program that is running in the remote machine. This tells GDB how
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
to find your program's symbols and the contents of its pure text. Then
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
establish communication using the @code{target remote} command with a device
name as an argument. For example:
@example
target remote /dev/ttyb
@end example
@noindent
if the serial line is connected to the device named @file{/dev/ttyb}. This
will stop the remote machine if it is not already stopped.
Now you can use all the usual commands to examine and change data and to
step and continue the remote program.
To resume the remote program and stop debugging it, use the @code{detach}
command.
* gdb.texinfo: document `set remotedebug' and `set rstack_high_address'.
1992-06-20 23:32:18 +00:00
@kindex set remotedebug
@kindex show remotedebug
If you have trouble with the serial connection, you can use the
command @code{set remotedebug}. This causes all packets sent back
and forth across the serial line to be reported to GDB's standard output.
@code{set remotedebug off} turns it off, and @code{show remotedebug} will
show you its current state.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Other remote targets may be available in your
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
configuration of GDB; use @code{help targets} to list them.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_if__(_GENERIC__)
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_dnl__ Text on starting up GDB in various specific cases; it goes up front
_dnl__ in manuals configured for any of those particular situations, here
_dnl__ otherwise.
@menu
_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)<>_dnl__
@end menu
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
_fi__(_GENERIC__)
@node Controlling _GDBN__, Sequences, Targets, Top
@chapter Controlling _GDBN__
You can alter many aspects of _GDBN__'s interaction with you by using
the @code{set} command. For commands controlling how _GDBN__ displays
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
data, @pxref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}; other settings are described here.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Prompt:: Prompt
* Editing:: Command Editing
* History:: Command History
* Screen Size:: Screen Size
* Numbers:: Numbers
* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Prompt, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__, Controlling _GDBN__
@section Prompt
@cindex prompt
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ indicates its readiness to read a command by printing a string
called the @dfn{prompt}. This string is normally @samp{(_GDBP__)}. You
can change the prompt string with the @code{set prompt} command. For
instance, when debugging _GDBN__ with _GDBN__, it is useful to change
the prompt in one of the _GDBN__<>s so that you can always tell which
one you are talking to.
@table @code
@item set prompt @var{newprompt}
@kindex set prompt
Directs _GDBN__ to use @var{newprompt} as its prompt string henceforth.
@kindex show prompt
@item show prompt
Prints a line of the form: @samp{Gdb's prompt is: @var{your-prompt}}
@end table
@node Editing, History, Prompt, Controlling _GDBN__
@section Command Editing
@cindex readline
@cindex command line editing
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
_GDBN__ reads its input commands via the @dfn{readline} interface. This
GNU library provides consistent behavior for programs which provide a
command line interface to the user. Advantages are @code{emacs}-style
or @code{vi}-style inline editing of commands, @code{csh}-like history
substitution, and a storage and recall of command history across
debugging sessions.
You may control the behavior of command line editing in _GDBN__ with the
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
command @code{set}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@kindex set editing
@cindex editing
@item set editing
@itemx set editing on
Enable command line editing (enabled by default).
@item set editing off
Disable command line editing.
@kindex show editing
@item show editing
Show whether command line editing is enabled.
@end table
@node History, Screen Size, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__
@section Command History
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@cindex history substitution
@cindex history file
@kindex set history filename
@item set history filename @var{fname}
Set the name of the _GDBN__ command history file to @var{fname}. This is
the file from which _GDBN__ will read an initial command history
list or to which it will write this list when it exits. This list is
accessed through history expansion or through the history
command editing characters listed below. This file defaults to the
value of the environment variable @code{GDBHISTFILE}, or to
@file{./.gdb_history} if this variable is not set.
@cindex history save
@kindex set history save
@item set history save
@itemx set history save on
Record command history in a file, whose name may be specified with the
@code{set history filename} command. By default, this option is disabled.
@item set history save off
Stop recording command history in a file.
@cindex history size
@kindex set history size
@item set history size @var{size}
Set the number of commands which _GDBN__ will keep in its history list.
This defaults to the value of the environment variable
@code{HISTSIZE}, or to 256 if this variable is not set.
@end table
@cindex history expansion
History expansion assigns special meaning to the character @kbd{!}.
@iftex
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@xref{Event Designators}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end iftex
Since @kbd{!} is also the logical not operator in C, history expansion
is off by default. If you decide to enable history expansion with the
@code{set history expansion on} command, you may sometimes need to
follow @kbd{!} (when it is used as logical not, in an expression) with
a space or a tab to prevent it from being expanded. The readline
history facilities will not attempt substitution on the strings
@kbd{!=} and @kbd{!(}, even when history expansion is enabled.
The commands to control history expansion are:
@table @code
@kindex set history expansion
@item set history expansion on
@itemx set history expansion
Enable history expansion. History expansion is off by default.
@item set history expansion off
Disable history expansion.
The readline code comes with more complete documentation of
editing and history expansion features. Users unfamiliar with @code{emacs}
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
or @code{vi} may wish to read it.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@iftex
@xref{Command Line Editing}.
@end iftex
@c @group
@kindex show history
@item show history
@itemx show history filename
@itemx show history save
@itemx show history size
@itemx show history expansion
These commands display the state of the _GDBN__ history parameters.
@code{show history} by itself displays all four states.
@c @end group
@end table
@table @code
@kindex show commands
@item show commands
Display the last ten commands in the command history.
@item show commands @var{n}
Print ten commands centered on command number @var{n}.
@item show commands +
Print ten commands just after the commands last printed.
@end table
@node Screen Size, Numbers, History, Controlling _GDBN__
@section Screen Size
@cindex size of screen
@cindex pauses in output
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Certain commands to _GDBN__ may produce large amounts of information
output to the screen. To help you read all of it, _GDBN__ pauses and
asks you for input at the end of each page of output. Type @key{RET}
when you want to continue the output. _GDBN__ also uses the screen
width setting to determine when to wrap lines of output. Depending on
what is being printed, it tries to break the line at a readable place,
rather than simply letting it overflow onto the following line.
Normally _GDBN__ knows the size of the screen from the termcap data base
together with the value of the @code{TERM} environment variable and the
@code{stty rows} and @code{stty cols} settings. If this is not correct,
you can override it with the @code{set height} and @code{set
width} commands:
@table @code
@item set height @var{lpp}
@itemx show height
@itemx set width @var{cpl}
@itemx show width
@kindex set height
@kindex set width
@kindex show width
@kindex show height
These @code{set} commands specify a screen height of @var{lpp} lines and
a screen width of @var{cpl} characters. The associated @code{show}
commands display the current settings.
If you specify a height of zero lines, _GDBN__ will not pause during output
no matter how long the output is. This is useful if output is to a file
or to an editor buffer.
@end table
@node Numbers, Messages/Warnings, Screen Size, Controlling _GDBN__
@section Numbers
@cindex number representation
@cindex entering numbers
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You can always enter numbers in octal, decimal, or hexadecimal in _GDBN__ by
the usual conventions: octal numbers begin with @samp{0}, decimal
numbers end with @samp{.}, and hexadecimal numbers begin with @samp{0x}.
Numbers that begin with none of these are, by default, entered in base
10; likewise, the default display for numbers---when no particular
format is specified---is base 10. You can change the default base for
both input and output with the @code{set radix} command.
@table @code
@kindex set radix
@item set radix @var{base}
Set the default base for numeric input and display. Supported choices
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
for @var{base} are decimal 2, 8, 10, 16. @var{base} must itself be
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
specified either unambiguously or using the current default radix; for
example, any of
@example
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
set radix 1010
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
set radix 012
set radix 10.
set radix 0xa
@end example
@noindent
will set the base to decimal. On the other hand, @samp{set radix 10}
will leave the radix unchanged no matter what it was.
@kindex show radix
@item show radix
Display the current default base for numeric input and display.
@end table
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
@node Messages/Warnings, , Numbers, Controlling _GDBN__
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@section Optional Warnings and Messages
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
By default, _GDBN__ is silent about its inner workings. If you are running
on a slow machine, you may want to use the @code{set verbose} command.
It will make _GDBN__ tell you when it does a lengthy internal operation, so
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
you will not think it has crashed.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Currently, the messages controlled by @code{set verbose} are those
which announce that the symbol table for a source file is being read
(@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}, in the description of the
command @code{symbol-file}).
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c The following is the right way to do it, but emacs 18.55 does not support
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@c @ref, and neither the emacs lisp manual version of texinfmt or makeinfo
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@c is released.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@ignore
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
see @code{symbol-file} in @ref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end ignore
@table @code
@kindex set verbose
@item set verbose on
Enables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
@item set verbose off
Disables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
@kindex show verbose
@item show verbose
Displays whether @code{set verbose} is on or off.
@end table
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
By default, if _GDBN__ encounters bugs in the symbol table of an object
file, it is silent; but if you are debugging a compiler, you may find
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
this information useful (@pxref{Symbol Errors, ,Errors Reading Symbol Files}).
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@kindex set complaints
@item set complaints @var{limit}
Permits _GDBN__ to output @var{limit} complaints about each type of unusual
symbols before becoming silent about the problem. Set @var{limit} to
zero to suppress all complaints; set it to a large number to prevent
complaints from being suppressed.
@kindex show complaints
@item show complaints
Displays how many symbol complaints _GDBN__ is permitted to produce.
@end table
By default, _GDBN__ is cautious, and asks what sometimes seem to be a
lot of stupid questions to confirm certain commands. For example, if
you try to run a program which is already running:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
(_GDBP__) run
The program being debugged has been started already.
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Start it from the beginning? (y or n)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
If you are willing to unflinchingly face the consequences of your own
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
commands, you can disable this ``feature'':
@table @code
@kindex set confirm
@cindex flinching
@cindex confirmation
@cindex stupid questions
@item set confirm off
Disables confirmation requests.
@item set confirm on
Enables confirmation requests (the default).
@item show confirm
@kindex show confirm
Displays state of confirmation requests.
@end table
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c FIXME this does not really belong here. But where *does* it belong?
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@cindex reloading symbols
Some systems allow individual object files that make up your program to
be replaced without stopping and restarting your program.
_if__(_VXWORKS__)
For example, in VxWorks you can simply recompile a defective object file
and keep on running.
_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
If you are running on one of these systems, you can allow _GDBN__ to
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
reload the symbols for automatically relinked modules:
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@table @code
@kindex set symbol-reloading
@item set symbol-reloading on
Replace symbol definitions for the corresponding source file when an
object file with a particular name is seen again.
@item set symbol-reloading off
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Do not replace symbol definitions when re-encountering object files of
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
the same name. This is the default state; if you are not running on a
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
system that permits automatically relinking modules, you should leave
@code{symbol-reloading} off, since otherwise _GDBN__ may discard symbols
when linking large programs, that may contain several modules (from
different directories or libraries) with the same name.
@item show symbol-reloading
Show the current @code{on} or @code{off} setting.
@end table
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Sequences, Emacs, Controlling _GDBN__, Top
@chapter Canned Sequences of Commands
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Aside from breakpoint commands (@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Command Lists}), _GDBN__ provides two ways to store sequences of commands
for execution as a unit: user-defined commands and command files.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Define:: User-Defined Commands
* Command Files:: Command Files
* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Define, Command Files, Sequences, Sequences
@section User-Defined Commands
@cindex user-defined command
A @dfn{user-defined command} is a sequence of _GDBN__ commands to which you
assign a new name as a command. This is done with the @code{define}
command.
@table @code
@item define @var{commandname}
@kindex define
Define a command named @var{commandname}. If there is already a command
by that name, you are asked to confirm that you want to redefine it.
The definition of the command is made up of other _GDBN__ command lines,
which are given following the @code{define} command. The end of these
commands is marked by a line containing @code{end}.
@item document @var{commandname}
@kindex document
Give documentation to the user-defined command @var{commandname}. The
command @var{commandname} must already be defined. This command reads
lines of documentation just as @code{define} reads the lines of the
command definition, ending with @code{end}. After the @code{document}
command is finished, @code{help} on command @var{commandname} will print
the documentation you have specified.
You may use the @code{document} command again to change the
documentation of a command. Redefining the command with @code{define}
does not change the documentation.
@item help user-defined
@kindex help user-defined
List all user-defined commands, with the first line of the documentation
(if any) for each.
`info user' => `show user'. Noticed by David Taylor.
1992-05-12 19:23:32 +00:00
@item show user
@itemx show user @var{commandname}
@kindex show user
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Display the _GDBN__ commands used to define @var{commandname} (but not its
documentation). If no @var{commandname} is given, display the
definitions for all user-defined commands.
@end table
User-defined commands do not take arguments. When they are executed, the
commands of the definition are not printed. An error in any command
stops execution of the user-defined command.
Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
without asking when used inside a user-defined command. Many _GDBN__ commands
that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
when used in a user-defined command.
@node Command Files, Output, Define, Sequences
@section Command Files
@cindex command files
A command file for _GDBN__ is a file of lines that are _GDBN__ commands. Comments
(lines starting with @kbd{#}) may also be included. An empty line in a
command file does nothing; it does not mean to repeat the last command, as
it would from the terminal.
@cindex init file
@cindex @file{_GDBINIT__}
When you start _GDBN__, it automatically executes commands from its
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@dfn{init files}. These are files named @file{_GDBINIT__}. _GDBN__ reads
the init file (if any) in your home directory and then the init file
(if any) in the current working directory. (The init files are not
executed if you use the @samp{-nx} option; @pxref{Mode Options,
,Choosing Modes}.) You can also request the execution of a command
file with the @code{source} command:
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
@item source @var{filename}
@kindex source
Execute the command file @var{filename}.
@end table
The lines in a command file are executed sequentially. They are not
printed as they are executed. An error in any command terminates execution
of the command file.
Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
without asking when used in a command file. Many _GDBN__ commands that
normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
when called from command files.
@node Output, , Command Files, Sequences
@section Commands for Controlled Output
During the execution of a command file or a user-defined command, normal
_GDBN__ output is suppressed; the only output that appears is what is
explicitly printed by the commands in the definition. This section
describes three commands useful for generating exactly the output you
want.
@table @code
@item echo @var{text}
@kindex echo
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c I do not consider backslash-space a standard C escape sequence
@c because it is not in ANSI.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Print @var{text}. Nonprinting characters can be included in
@var{text} using C escape sequences, such as @samp{\n} to print a
newline. @strong{No newline will be printed unless you specify one.}
In addition to the standard C escape sequences, a backslash followed
by a space stands for a space. This is useful for outputting a
string with spaces at the beginning or the end, since leading and
trailing spaces are otherwise trimmed from all arguments.
To print @samp{@w{ }and foo =@w{ }}, use the command
@samp{echo \@w{ }and foo = \@w{ }}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
A backslash at the end of @var{text} can be used, as in C, to continue
the command onto subsequent lines. For example,
@example
echo This is some text\n\
which is continued\n\
onto several lines.\n
@end example
produces the same output as
@example
echo This is some text\n
echo which is continued\n
echo onto several lines.\n
@end example
@item output @var{expression}
@kindex output
Print the value of @var{expression} and nothing but that value: no
newlines, no @samp{$@var{nn} = }. The value is not entered in the
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
value history either. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
expressions.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item output/@var{fmt} @var{expression}
Print the value of @var{expression} in format @var{fmt}. You can use
the same formats as for @code{print}; @pxref{Output formats}, for more
information.
@item printf @var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{}
@kindex printf
Print the values of the @var{expressions} under the control of
@var{string}. The @var{expressions} are separated by commas and may
be either numbers or pointers. Their values are printed as specified
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
by @var{string}, exactly as if your program were to execute
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
printf (@var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{});
@end example
For example, you can print two values in hex like this:
@example
printf "foo, bar-foo = 0x%x, 0x%x\n", foo, bar-foo
@end example
The only backslash-escape sequences that you can use in the format
string are the simple ones that consist of backslash followed by a
letter.
@end table
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
_if__(_LUCID__)
@node Emacs, Energize, Sequences, Top
_fi__(_LUCID__)
_if__(!_LUCID__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node Emacs, _GDBN__ Bugs, Sequences, Top
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
_fi__(!_LUCID__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@chapter Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
@cindex emacs
A special interface allows you to use GNU Emacs to view (and
edit) the source files for the program you are debugging with
_GDBN__.
To use this interface, use the command @kbd{M-x gdb} in Emacs. Give the
executable file you want to debug as an argument. This command starts
_GDBN__ as a subprocess of Emacs, with input and output through a newly
created Emacs buffer.
Using _GDBN__ under Emacs is just like using _GDBN__ normally except for two
things:
@itemize @bullet
@item
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
All ``terminal'' input and output goes through the Emacs buffer.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end itemize
This applies both to _GDBN__ commands and their output, and to the input
and output done by the program you are debugging.
This is useful because it means that you can copy the text of previous
commands and input them again; you can even use parts of the output
in this way.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
All the facilities of Emacs' Shell mode are available for interacting
with your program. In particular, you can send signals the usual
way---for example, @kbd{C-c C-c} for an interrupt, @kbd{C-c C-z} for a
stop.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@itemize @bullet
@item
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
_GDBN__ displays source code through Emacs.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end itemize
Each time _GDBN__ displays a stack frame, Emacs automatically finds the
source file for that frame and puts an arrow (_0__@samp{=>}_1__) at the
left margin of the current line. Emacs uses a separate buffer for
source display, and splits the window to show both your _GDBN__ session
and the source.
Explicit _GDBN__ @code{list} or search commands still produce output as
usual, but you probably will have no reason to use them.
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} If the directory where your program resides is not your
current directory, it can be easy to confuse Emacs about the location of
the source files, in which case the auxiliary display buffer will not
appear to show your source. _GDBN__ can find programs by searching your
environment's @code{PATH} variable, so the _GDBN__ input and output
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
session will proceed normally; but Emacs does not get enough information
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
back from _GDBN__ to locate the source files in this situation. To
avoid this problem, either start _GDBN__ mode from the directory where
your program resides, or specify a full path name when prompted for the
@kbd{M-x gdb} argument.
A similar confusion can result if you use the _GDBN__ @code{file} command to
switch to debugging a program in some other location, from an existing
_GDBN__ buffer in Emacs.
@end quotation
By default, @kbd{M-x gdb} calls the program called @file{gdb}. If
you need to call _GDBN__ by a different name (for example, if you keep
several configurations around, with different names) you can set the
Emacs variable @code{gdb-command-name}; for example,
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
(setq gdb-command-name "mygdb")
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@noindent
(preceded by @kbd{ESC ESC}, or typed in the @code{*scratch*} buffer, or
in your @file{.emacs} file) will make Emacs call the program named
``@code{mygdb}'' instead.
In the _GDBN__ I/O buffer, you can use these special Emacs commands in
addition to the standard Shell mode commands:
@table @kbd
@item C-h m
Describe the features of Emacs' _GDBN__ Mode.
@item M-s
Execute to another source line, like the _GDBN__ @code{step} command; also
update the display window to show the current file and location.
@item M-n
Execute to next source line in this function, skipping all function
calls, like the _GDBN__ @code{next} command. Then update the display window
to show the current file and location.
@item M-i
Execute one instruction, like the _GDBN__ @code{stepi} command; update
display window accordingly.
@item M-x gdb-nexti
Execute to next instruction, using the _GDBN__ @code{nexti} command; update
display window accordingly.
@item C-c C-f
Execute until exit from the selected stack frame, like the _GDBN__
@code{finish} command.
@item M-c
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Continue execution of your program, like the _GDBN__ @code{continue}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
command.
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-p}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item M-u
Go up the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument
(@pxref{Arguments, , Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}),
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
like the _GDBN__ @code{up} command.
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-u}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item M-d
Go down the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument, like the
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
_GDBN__ @code{down} command.
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-d}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item C-x &
Read the number where the cursor is positioned, and insert it at the end
of the _GDBN__ I/O buffer. For example, if you wish to disassemble code
around an address that was displayed earlier, type @kbd{disassemble};
then move the cursor to the address display, and pick up the
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
argument for @code{disassemble} by typing @kbd{C-x &}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You can customize this further on the fly by defining elements of the list
@code{gdb-print-command}; once it is defined, you can format or
otherwise process numbers picked up by @kbd{C-x &} before they are
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
inserted. A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x &} will both indicate that you
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
wish special formatting, and act as an index to pick an element of the
list. If the list element is a string, the number to be inserted is
formatted using the Emacs function @code{format}; otherwise the number
is passed as an argument to the corresponding list element.
@end table
In any source file, the Emacs command @kbd{C-x SPC} (@code{gdb-break})
tells _GDBN__ to set a breakpoint on the source line point is on.
If you accidentally delete the source-display buffer, an easy way to get
it back is to type the command @code{f} in the _GDBN__ buffer, to
request a frame display; when you run under Emacs, this will recreate
the source buffer if necessary to show you the context of the current
frame.
The source files displayed in Emacs are in ordinary Emacs buffers
which are visiting the source files in the usual way. You can edit
the files with these buffers if you wish; but keep in mind that _GDBN__
communicates with Emacs in terms of line numbers. If you add or
delete lines from the text, the line numbers that _GDBN__ knows will cease
to correspond properly to the code.
@c The following dropped because Epoch is nonstandard. Reactivate
@c if/when v19 does something similar. ---pesch@cygnus.com 19dec1990
@ignore
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@kindex emacs epoch environment
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@kindex epoch
@kindex inspect
Version 18 of Emacs has a built-in window system called the @code{epoch}
environment. Users of this environment can use a new command,
@code{inspect} which performs identically to @code{print} except that
each value is printed in its own window.
@end ignore
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
_if__(_LUCID__)
@node Energize, _GDBN__ Bugs, Emacs, Top
@chapter Using _GDBN__ with Energize
@cindex Energize
The Energize Programming System is an integrated development environment
that includes a point-and-click interface to many programming tools.
When you use _GDBN__ in this environment, you can use the standard
Energize graphical interface to drive _GDBN__; you can also, if you
choose, type _GDBN__ commands as usual in a debugging window. Even if
you use the graphical interface, the debugging window (which uses Emacs,
and resembles the standard Emacs interface to _GDBN__) displays the
equivalent commands, so that the history of your debugging session is
properly reflected.
When Energize starts up a _GDBN__ session, it uses one of the
command-line options @samp{-energize} or @samp{-cadillac} (``cadillac''
is the name of the communications protocol used by the Energize system).
This option makes _GDBN__ run as one of the tools in the Energize Tool
Set: it sends all output to the Energize kernel, and accept input from
it as well.
See the user manual for the Energize Programming System for
information on how to use the Energize graphical interface and the other
development tools that Energize integrates with _GDBN__.
@node _GDBN__ Bugs, Renamed Commands, Energize, Top
_fi__(_LUCID__)
_if__(!_LUCID__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@node _GDBN__ Bugs, Renamed Commands, Emacs, Top
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
_fi__(!_LUCID__)
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@chapter Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
@cindex Bugs in _GDBN__
@cindex Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
Your bug reports play an essential role in making _GDBN__ reliable.
Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it
may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help
the entire community by making the next version of _GDBN__ work better. Bug
reports are your contribution to the maintenance of _GDBN__.
In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
information that enables us to fix the bug.
@menu
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end menu
@node Bug Criteria, Bug Reporting, _GDBN__ Bugs, _GDBN__ Bugs
@section Have You Found a Bug?
@cindex Bug Criteria
If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
@itemize @bullet
@item
@cindex Fatal Signal
@cindex Core Dump
If the debugger gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
_GDBN__ bug. Reliable debuggers never crash.
@item
@cindex error on Valid Input
If _GDBN__ produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
@item
@cindex Invalid Input
If _GDBN__ does not produce an error message for invalid input,
that is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of
``invalid input'' might be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support
for traditional practice''.
@item
If you are an experienced user of debugging tools, your suggestions
for improvement of _GDBN__ are welcome in any case.
@end itemize
@node Bug Reporting, , Bug Criteria, _GDBN__ Bugs
@section How to Report Bugs
@cindex Bug Reports
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@cindex _GDBN__ Bugs, Reporting
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
A number of companies and individuals offer support for GNU products.
If you obtained _GDBN__ from a support organization, we recommend you
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
contact that organization first.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Contact information for many support companies and individuals is
available in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the GNU Emacs distribution.
In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for _GDBN__ to one
of these addresses:
@example
bug-gdb@@prep.ai.mit.edu
@{ucbvax|mit-eddie|uunet@}!prep.ai.mit.edu!bug-gdb
@end example
@strong{Do not send bug reports to @samp{info-gdb}, or to
@samp{help-gdb}, or to any newsgroups.} Most users of _GDBN__ do not want to
receive bug reports. Those that do, have arranged to receive @samp{bug-gdb}.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
The mailing list @samp{bug-gdb} has a newsgroup @samp{gnu.gdb.bug} which
serves as a repeater. The mailing list and the newsgroup carry exactly
the same messages. Often people think of posting bug reports to the
newsgroup instead of mailing them. This appears to work, but it has one
problem which can be crucial: a newsgroup posting often lacks a mail
path back to the sender. Thus, if we need to ask for more information,
we may be unable to reach you. For this reason, it is better to send
bug reports to the mailing list.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
As a last resort, send bug reports on paper to:
@example
GNU Debugger Bugs
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
Free Software Foundation
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
545 Tech Square
Cambridge, MA 02139
@end example
The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
fact or leave it out, state it!
Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
problem and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
assume that the name of the variable you use in an example does not matter.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where that
name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the contents
of that location would fool the debugger into doing the right thing despite
the bug. Play it safe and give a specific, complete example. That is the
easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful.
Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
the bug if it is new to us. It is not as important as what happens if
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
the bug is already known. Therefore, always write your bug reports on
the assumption that the bug has not been reported previously.
Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
bell?'' Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
bugs properly.
To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
@itemize @bullet
@item
The version of _GDBN__. _GDBN__ announces it if you start with no
arguments; you can also print it at any time using @code{show version}.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
the bug in the current version of _GDBN__.
@item
Improve how we ask for bug reports.
1991-12-13 17:48:06 +00:00
The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
version number.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
What compiler (and its version) was used to compile _GDBN__---e.g.
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
``_GCC__-2.0''.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Improve how we ask for bug reports.
1991-12-13 17:48:06 +00:00
@item
What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the program you
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
are debugging---e.g. ``_GCC__-2.0''.
Improve how we ask for bug reports.
1991-12-13 17:48:06 +00:00
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
The command arguments you gave the compiler to compile your example and
observe the bug. For example, did you use @samp{-O}? To guarantee
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
you will not omit something important, list them all. A copy of the
Improve how we ask for bug reports.
1991-12-13 17:48:06 +00:00
Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
and then we might not encounter the bug.
@item
Improve how we ask for bug reports.
1991-12-13 17:48:06 +00:00
A complete input script, and all necessary source files, that will
reproduce the bug.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
Of course, if the bug is that _GDBN__ gets a fatal signal, then we will
certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
notice unless it is glaringly wrong. We are human, after all. You
might as well not give us a chance to make a mistake.
Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as,
your copy of _GDBN__ is out of synch, or you have encountered a
bug in the C library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy
might crash and ours would not. If you told us to expect a crash,
then when ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not
happening for us. If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we
would not be able to draw any conclusion from our observations.
@item
If you wish to suggest changes to the _GDBN__ source, send us context
diffs. If you even discuss something in the _GDBN__ source, refer to
it by context, not by line number.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
@end itemize
Here are some things that are not necessary:
@itemize @bullet
@item
A description of the envelope of the bug.
Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
changes will not affect it.
This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
We recommend that you save your time for something else.
Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
less time, etc.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
@item
A patch for the bug.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
Sometimes with a program as complicated as _GDBN__ it is very hard to
construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
through the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able
to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
help us to understand.
@item
A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
@end itemize
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@c Note: no need to update nodes for rdl-apps.texi since it appears
@c *only* in the TeX version of the manual.
@c Note: eventually, make a cross reference to the readline Info nodes.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@iftex
Improve support for building in separate objdir (verified all individual targets with each of GNU make and Sun make).
1991-12-10 01:21:48 +00:00
@c appendices describing GNU readline. Distributed with readline code.
@include rluser.texinfo
@include inc-hist.texi
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end iftex
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
@node Renamed Commands, Formatting Documentation, _GDBN__ Bugs, Top
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@appendix Renamed Commands
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
The following commands were renamed in GDB 4, in order to make the
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
command set as a whole more consistent and easier to use and remember:
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@kindex add-syms
@kindex delete environment
@kindex info copying
@kindex info convenience
@kindex info directories
@kindex info editing
@kindex info history
@kindex info targets
@kindex info values
@kindex info version
@kindex info warranty
@kindex set addressprint
@kindex set arrayprint
@kindex set prettyprint
@kindex set screen-height
@kindex set screen-width
@kindex set unionprint
@kindex set vtblprint
@kindex set demangle
@kindex set asm-demangle
@kindex set sevenbit-strings
@kindex set array-max
@kindex set caution
@kindex set history write
@kindex show addressprint
@kindex show arrayprint
@kindex show prettyprint
@kindex show screen-height
@kindex show screen-width
@kindex show unionprint
@kindex show vtblprint
@kindex show demangle
@kindex show asm-demangle
@kindex show sevenbit-strings
@kindex show array-max
@kindex show caution
@kindex show history write
@kindex unset
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@ifinfo
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
Surrounded table of renamed commands (version within @ifinfo) with @example/@end example. Without this it formatted fine by texinfo-format-buffer in Emacs, but makeinfo insisted on paragraphing it! Also removed "gdb/" from in front of one instance of libiberty...
1991-08-01 00:02:27 +00:00
@example
OLD COMMAND NEW COMMAND
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
Surrounded table of renamed commands (version within @ifinfo) with @example/@end example. Without this it formatted fine by texinfo-format-buffer in Emacs, but makeinfo insisted on paragraphing it! Also removed "gdb/" from in front of one instance of libiberty...
1991-08-01 00:02:27 +00:00
--------------- -------------------------------
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
Surrounded table of renamed commands (version within @ifinfo) with @example/@end example. Without this it formatted fine by texinfo-format-buffer in Emacs, but makeinfo insisted on paragraphing it! Also removed "gdb/" from in front of one instance of libiberty...
1991-08-01 00:02:27 +00:00
add-syms add-symbol-file
delete environment unset environment
info convenience show convenience
info copying show copying
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
info directories show directories
Surrounded table of renamed commands (version within @ifinfo) with @example/@end example. Without this it formatted fine by texinfo-format-buffer in Emacs, but makeinfo insisted on paragraphing it! Also removed "gdb/" from in front of one instance of libiberty...
1991-08-01 00:02:27 +00:00
info editing show commands
info history show values
info targets help target
info values show values
info version show version
info warranty show warranty
set/show addressprint set/show print address
set/show array-max set/show print elements
set/show arrayprint set/show print array
set/show asm-demangle set/show print asm-demangle
set/show caution set/show confirm
set/show demangle set/show print demangle
set/show history write set/show history save
set/show prettyprint set/show print pretty
set/show screen-height set/show height
set/show screen-width set/show width
set/show sevenbit-strings set/show print sevenbit-strings
set/show unionprint set/show print union
set/show vtblprint set/show print vtbl
unset [No longer an alias for delete]
@end example
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end ifinfo
@tex
\vskip \parskip\vskip \baselineskip
\halign{\tt #\hfil &\qquad#&\tt #\hfil\cr
{\bf Old Command} &&{\bf New Command}\cr
add-syms &&add-symbol-file\cr
delete environment &&unset environment\cr
info convenience &&show convenience\cr
info copying &&show copying\cr
info directories &&show directories \cr
info editing &&show commands\cr
info history &&show values\cr
info targets &&help target\cr
info values &&show values\cr
info version &&show version\cr
info warranty &&show warranty\cr
set{\rm / }show addressprint &&set{\rm / }show print address\cr
set{\rm / }show array-max &&set{\rm / }show print elements\cr
set{\rm / }show arrayprint &&set{\rm / }show print array\cr
set{\rm / }show asm-demangle &&set{\rm / }show print asm-demangle\cr
set{\rm / }show caution &&set{\rm / }show confirm\cr
set{\rm / }show demangle &&set{\rm / }show print demangle\cr
set{\rm / }show history write &&set{\rm / }show history save\cr
set{\rm / }show prettyprint &&set{\rm / }show print pretty\cr
set{\rm / }show screen-height &&set{\rm / }show height\cr
set{\rm / }show screen-width &&set{\rm / }show width\cr
set{\rm / }show sevenbit-strings &&set{\rm / }show print sevenbit-strings\cr
set{\rm / }show unionprint &&set{\rm / }show print union\cr
set{\rm / }show vtblprint &&set{\rm / }show print vtbl\cr
\cr
unset &&\rm(No longer an alias for delete)\cr
}
@end tex
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
@node Formatting Documentation, Installing GDB, Renamed Commands, Top
@appendix Formatting the Documentation
@cindex GDB reference card
@cindex reference card
The GDB 4 release includes an already-formatted reference card, ready
for printing on a PostScript or GhostScript printer, in the @file{gdb}
subdirectory of the main source directory---in
@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb/refcard.ps} of the version _GDB_VN__ release. If you have
a PostScript or GhostScript printer, you can print the reference card
by just sending @file{refcard.ps} to the printer.
The release also includes the source for the reference card. You
can format it, using @TeX{}, by typing:
@example
make refcard.dvi
@end example
The GDB reference card is designed to print in landscape mode on US
``letter'' size paper; that is, on a sheet 11 inches wide by 8.5 inches
high. You will need to specify this form of printing as an option to
your @sc{dvi} output program.
@cindex documentation
All the documentation for GDB comes as part of the machine-readable
distribution. The documentation is written in Texinfo format, which is
a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both
on-line information and a printed manual. You can use one of the Info
formatting commands to create the on-line version of the documentation
and @TeX{} (or @code{texi2roff}) to typeset the printed version.
GDB includes an already formatted copy of the on-line Info version of
this manual in the @file{gdb} subdirectory. The main Info file is
@file{gdb-@var{version-number}/gdb/gdb.info}, and it refers to
Thu May 14 17:09:48 1992 Roland H. Pesch (pesch@fowanton.cygnus.com) * gdb.texinfo: slight expansion of new text on reading info files * gdbinv-s.m4.in: correct and expand info on cross-debugging H8/300 from DOS. * ChangeLog: guess...
1992-05-15 00:20:43 +00:00
subordinate files matching @samp{gdb.info*} in the same directory. If
necessary, you can print out these files, or read them with any editor;
but they are easier to read using the @code{info} subsystem in GNU Emacs
or the standalone @code{info} program, available as part of the GNU
Texinfo distribution.
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
If you want to format these Info files yourself, you need one of the
Info formatting programs, such as @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or
@code{makeinfo}.
If you have @code{makeinfo} installed, and are in the top level GDB
source directory (@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}, in the case of version _GDB_VN__), you can
make the Info file by typing:
@example
cd gdb
make gdb.info
@end example
If you want to typeset and print copies of this manual, you need
@TeX{}, a printing program such as @code{lpr}, and @file{texinfo.tex},
the Texinfo definitions file.
@TeX{} is typesetting program; it does not print files directly, but
produces output files called @sc{dvi} files. To print a typeset
document, you need a program to print @sc{dvi} files. If your system
has @TeX{} installed, chances are it has such a program. The precise
command to use depends on your system; @kbd{lpr -d} is common; another
is @kbd{dvips}. The @sc{dvi} print command may require a file name
without any extension or a @samp{.dvi} extension.
@TeX{} also requires a macro definitions file called
@file{texinfo.tex}. This file tells @TeX{} how to typeset a document
written in Texinfo format. On its own, @TeX{} cannot read, much less
typeset a Texinfo file. @file{texinfo.tex} is distributed with GDB
and is located in the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}/texinfo}
directory.
If you have @TeX{} and a @sc{dvi} printer program installed, you can
typeset and print this manual. First switch to the the @file{gdb}
subdirectory of the main source directory (for example, to
@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb}) and then type:
@example
make gdb.dvi
@end example
@node Installing GDB, Copying, Formatting Documentation, Top
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@appendix Installing GDB
@cindex configuring GDB
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@cindex installation
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
@iftex
@c irrelevant in info file; it's as current as the code it lives with.
@quotation
@emph{Warning:} These installation instructions are current as of
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB version _GDB_VN__. If you're installing a more recent release
of GDB, we may have improved the installation procedures since
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
printing this manual; see the @file{README} file included in your
release for the most recent instructions.
@end quotation
@end iftex
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB comes with a @code{configure} script that automates the process
of preparing GDB for installation; you can then use @code{make} to
build the program.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
The GDB distribution includes all the source code you need for GDB in
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
a single directory, whose name is usually composed by appending the
version number to @samp{gdb}.
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
For example, the GDB version _GDB_VN__ distribution is in the @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
directory. That directory contains:
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@table @code
Update appendix "Installing GDB". (not yet updated: list of host-vendor-os).
1991-10-16 03:11:28 +00:00
@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/configure @r{(and supporting files)}
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
script for configuring GDB and all its supporting libraries.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 22:43:47; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +47 -46) Extract GDB version number from main GDB dir Makefile.in.
1991-10-09 00:26:15 +00:00
@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
the source specific to GDB itself
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 22:43:47; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +47 -46) Extract GDB version number from main GDB dir Makefile.in.
1991-10-09 00:26:15 +00:00
@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
source for the Binary File Descriptor library
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 22:43:47; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +47 -46) Extract GDB version number from main GDB dir Makefile.in.
1991-10-09 00:26:15 +00:00
@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/include
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
GNU include files
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 22:43:47; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +47 -46) Extract GDB version number from main GDB dir Makefile.in.
1991-10-09 00:26:15 +00:00
@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/libiberty
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
source for the @samp{-liberty} free software library
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 22:43:47; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +47 -46) Extract GDB version number from main GDB dir Makefile.in.
1991-10-09 00:26:15 +00:00
@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/readline
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
source for the GNU command-line interface
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/glob
source for the GNU filename pattern-matching subroutine
@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/mmalloc
source for the GNU memory-mapped malloc package
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@end table
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
The simplest way to configure and build GDB is to run @code{configure}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
from the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory, which in
this example is the @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} directory.
First switch to the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory
if you are not already in it; then run @code{configure}. Pass the
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
identifier for the platform on which GDB will run as an
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
argument.
For example:
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@example
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 22:43:47; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +47 -46) Extract GDB version number from main GDB dir Makefile.in.
1991-10-09 00:26:15 +00:00
cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
./configure @var{host}
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
make
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@noindent
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
where @var{host} is an identifier such as @samp{sun4} or
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@samp{decstation}, that identifies the platform where GDB will run.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
formatting improvements (already in progressive)
1992-05-06 04:49:50 +00:00
Running @samp{configure @var{host}} followed by @code{make} builds the
@file{bfd}, @file{readline}, @file{mmalloc}, and @file{libiberty}
libraries, then @code{gdb} itself. The configured source files, and the
binaries, are left in the corresponding source directories.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@code{configure} is a Bourne-shell (@code{/bin/sh}) script; if your
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
system does not recognize this automatically when you run a different
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
shell, you may need to run @code{sh} on it explicitly:
@example
sh configure @var{host}
@end example
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
If you run @code{configure} from a directory that contains source
directories for multiple libraries or programs, such as the
@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} source directory for version _GDB_VN__, @code{configure}
creates configuration files for every directory level underneath (unless
A typo and a thinko.
1992-02-01 01:45:02 +00:00
you tell it not to, with the @samp{--norecursion} option).
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
You can run the @code{configure} script from any of the
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
subordinate directories in the GDB distribution, if you only want to
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
configure that subdirectory; but be sure to specify a path to it.
For example, with version _GDB_VN__, type the following to configure only
the @code{bfd} subdirectory:
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@example
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
@group
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
cd gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
../configure @var{host}
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
@end group
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
You can install @code{_GDBP__} anywhere; it has no hardwired paths.
However, you should make sure that the shell on your path (named by
the @samp{SHELL} environment variable) is publicly readable. Remember
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
that GDB uses the shell to start your program---some systems refuse to
let GDB debug child processes whose programs are not readable.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@menu
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
* Separate Objdir:: Compiling GDB in another directory
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@end menu
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@node Separate Objdir, Config Names, Installing GDB, Installing GDB
@section Compiling GDB in Another Directory
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
If you want to run GDB versions for several host or target machines,
you'll need a different @code{gdb} compiled for each combination of
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
host and target. @code{configure} is designed to make this easy by
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
allowing you to generate each configuration in a separate subdirectory,
rather than in the source directory. If your @code{make} program
handles the @samp{VPATH} feature (GNU @code{make} does), running
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@code{make} in each of these directories then builds the @code{gdb}
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
program specified there.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
To build @code{gdb} in a separate directory, run @code{configure}
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
with the @samp{--srcdir} option to specify where to find the source.
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
(You'll also need to specify a path to find @code{configure}
itself from your working directory. If the path to @code{configure}
would be the same as the argument to @samp{--srcdir}, you can leave out
the @samp{--srcdir} option; it will be assumed.)
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
For example, with version _GDB_VN__, you can build GDB in a separate
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
directory for a Sun 4 like this:
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@example
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@group
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 22:43:47; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +47 -46) Extract GDB version number from main GDB dir Makefile.in.
1991-10-09 00:26:15 +00:00
cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
mkdir ../gdb-sun4
cd ../gdb-sun4
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
../gdb-_GDB_VN__/configure sun4
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
make
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@end group
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end example
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
When @code{configure} builds a configuration using a remote source
directory, it creates a tree for the binaries with the same structure
(and using the same names) as the tree under the source directory. In
the example, you'd find the Sun 4 library @file{libiberty.a} in the
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
directory @file{gdb-sun4/libiberty}, and GDB itself in
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
@file{gdb-sun4/gdb}.
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
formatting improvements (already in progressive)
1992-05-06 04:49:50 +00:00
One popular reason to build several GDB configurations in separate
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
directories is to configure GDB for cross-compiling (where GDB
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
runs on one machine---the host---while debugging programs that run on
another machine---the target). You specify a cross-debugging target by
giving the @samp{--target=@var{target}} option to @code{configure}.
Update appendix "Installing GDB". (not yet updated: list of host-vendor-os).
1991-10-16 03:11:28 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
When you run @code{make} to build a program or library, you must run
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
it in a configured directory---whatever directory you were in when you
called @code{configure} (or one of its subdirectories).
Update appendix "Installing GDB". (not yet updated: list of host-vendor-os).
1991-10-16 03:11:28 +00:00
The @code{Makefile} generated by @code{configure} for each source
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
directory also runs recursively. If you type @code{make} in a source
directory such as @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} (or in a separate configured
directory configured with @samp{--srcdir=@var{path}/gdb-_GDB_VN__}), you
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
will build all the required libraries, then build GDB.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
When you have multiple hosts or targets configured in separate
directories, you can run @code{make} on them in parallel (for example,
if they are NFS-mounted on each of the hosts); they will not interfere
with each other.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@node Config Names, configure Options, Separate Objdir, Installing GDB
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@section Specifying Names for Hosts and Targets
The specifications used for hosts and targets in the @code{configure}
script are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short predefined
aliases are also supported. The full naming scheme encodes three pieces
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
of information in the following pattern:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@example
@var{architecture}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}
@end example
For example, you can use the alias @code{sun4} as a @var{host} argument
Fix one overlooked instance of "+" option prefix in configure appendix.
1992-02-25 23:49:22 +00:00
or in a @code{--target=@var{target}} option, but the equivalent full name
Another revision of "Installing" appendix, for GDB 4.2. Table of config name segments now updated.
1991-10-16 06:27:06 +00:00
is @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
formatting improvements (already in progressive)
1992-05-06 04:49:50 +00:00
@c @group would be better, if it worked
@page
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
The following table shows all the architectures, hosts, and OS
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
prefixes that @code{configure} recognizes in GDB version _GDB_VN__. Entries
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
in the ``OS prefix'' column ending in a @samp{*} may be followed by a
release number.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
formatting improvements (already in progressive)
1992-05-06 04:49:50 +00:00
@c FIXME! Update for most recent gdb
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@ifinfo
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@example
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
ARCHITECTURE VENDOR OS prefix
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
------------+--------------------------+---------------------------
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
| |
580 | altos hp | aix* msdos*
a29k | amd ibm | amigados newsos*
alliant | amdahl intel | aout nindy*
arm | aout isi | bout osf*
c1 | apollo little | bsd* sco*
c2 | att mips | coff sunos*
cray2 | bcs motorola | ctix* svr4
h8300 | bout ncr | dgux* sym*
i386 | bull next | dynix* sysv*
i860 | cbm nyu | ebmon ultrix*
i960 | coff sco | esix* unicos*
m68000 | convergent sequent | hds unos*
m68k | convex sgi | hpux* uts
m88k | cray sony | irix* v88r*
mips | dec sun | isc* vms*
ns32k | encore unicom | kern vxworks*
pyramid | gould utek | mach*
romp | hitachi wrs |
rs6000 | |
sparc | |
tahoe | |
tron | |
vax | |
xmp | |
ymp | |
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@end ifinfo
@tex
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:01:41; author: pesch; state: Exp; lines: +175 -110) Update configs table.
1991-10-09 00:27:09 +00:00
%\vskip\parskip
\vskip \baselineskip
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
\hfil\vbox{\offinterlineskip
\halign{\strut\tt #\hfil\ &\vrule#&\strut\ \tt #\hfil\ &\strut\ \tt #\hfil
\ &\vrule#&\strut\ \tt #\hfil\ &\strut\ \tt #\hfil \cr
{\bf Architecture} &&{\bf Vendor} &&&{\bf OS prefix}\cr
\multispan7\hrulefill\cr
580 && altos & hp && aix* & msdos* \cr
a29k && amd & ibm && amigados & newsos* \cr
alliant && amdahl & intel && aout & nindy* \cr
arm && aout & isi && bout & osf* \cr
c1 && apollo & little && bsd* & sco* \cr
c2 && att & mips && coff & sunos* \cr
cray2 && bcs & motorola && ctix* & svr4 \cr
h8300 && bout & ncr && dgux* & sym* \cr
i386 && bull & next && dynix* & sysv* \cr
i860 && cbm & nyu && ebmon & ultrix* \cr
i960 && coff & sco && esix* & unicos* \cr
m68000 && convergent& sequent && hds & unos* \cr
m68k && convex & sgi && hpux* & uts \cr
m88k && cray & sony && irix* & v88r* \cr
mips && dec & sun && isc* & vms* \cr
ns32k && encore & unicom && kern & vxworks* \cr
pyramid && gould & utek && mach* & \cr
romp && hitachi & wrs && & \cr
rs6000 && & && & \cr
sparc && & && & \cr
tahoe && & && & \cr
tron && & && & \cr
vax && & && & \cr
xmp && & && & \cr
ymp && & && & \cr
}\hfil}
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end tex
Two kinds of changes: (1) repair refs to readline includes to use new shorter filenames (2) provision for texi2roff conversion of doc via Makefile (new targets: gdb.mm, gdb.me, gdb.ms).
1991-11-15 00:58:33 +00:00
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
@quotation
(1) At Bob Chassell's request, remove leading comments that used to survive M4 filtering but still tell people the original source was M4'd; (2) Also for B.C., include one more emphasis font in @colophon at end; (3) Thanks to J Gilmore, strengthen wording about unsupported combinations of host-manufacturer-OS in config Appendix.
1991-11-30 00:01:01 +00:00
@emph{Warning:} @code{configure} can represent a very large number of
combinations of architecture, vendor, and OS. There is by no means
support available for all possible combinations!
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
@end quotation
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
The @code{configure} script accompanying GDB does not provide
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
any query facility to list all supported host and target names or
aliases. @code{configure} calls the Bourne shell script
@code{config.sub} to map abbreviations to full names; you can read the
script, if you wish, or you can use it to test your guesses on
abbreviations---for example:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@example
% sh config.sub sun4
sparc-sun-sunos4
% sh config.sub sun3
m68k-sun-sunos4
% sh config.sub decstation
mips-dec-ultrix
% sh config.sub hp300bsd
m68k-hp-bsd
% sh config.sub i386v
i386-none-sysv
* Phrasing of "disassemble" description improved (less wordy, avoids widow in small format) * typo in index entry type fixed * example of nonexistent configuration, in config appendix, slightly more far-fetched
1992-02-28 00:42:40 +00:00
% sh config.sub i786v
*** Configuration "i786v" not recognized
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Update appendix "Installing GDB". (not yet updated: list of host-vendor-os).
1991-10-16 03:11:28 +00:00
@noindent
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@code{config.sub} is also distributed in the GDB source
directory (@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}, for version _GDB_VN__).
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
@node configure Options, , Config Names, Installing GDB
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@section @code{configure} Options
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
Here is a summary of all the @code{configure} options and arguments that
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
you might use for building GDB:
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@example
* gdb.texinfo: Update for GDB-4.5. Move `Formatting Documentation' ahead of `Installing GDB' to match README. Update shared library doc, -readnow and -mapped, and directory structure (add glob and mmalloc). Update configure doc.
1992-04-11 00:54:44 +00:00
configure @r{[}--srcdir=@var{path}@r{]}
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
@r{[}--norecursion@r{]} @r{[}--rm@r{]}
@r{[}--target=@var{target}@r{]} @var{host}
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@end example
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@noindent
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
You may introduce options with a single @samp{-} rather than
@samp{--} if you prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use
@samp{--}.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@table @code
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
@item --srcdir=@var{path}
.Sanitize: reflect removal of gdb-all.texi from repository lucid.m4: config for Lucid/NCR (like "all.m4" but also turns on _LUCID__) none.m4: turn _LUCID__ off by default gdb.texinfo: 1) Use bold rather than italic for user input in intro, to avoid discord with meta-variable convention throughout manual (jim@wrs.com suggestion). 2) Some mumbling about using GDB under Energize/Cadillac. (conditionalized on _LUCID__, not included yet in general-doc config) 3) more remarks about debugging optimized code, incl vanishing unused vars (rms/gnu/net suggestion). 4) @emph replaces @i in a few spots (emphasis should affect info file as well as printed manual). 5) "memory tracing", "breakpoint on variable modification" index entries added, pointing to watchpoints (gnu suggestion). 6) Less passive, more index entries, in breakpoint-number description 7) doc new convenience var $bpnum (due to grossman?) 8) Update "info breakpoints" to describe new Grossman format; note now synonymous with "info watchpoints". 9) Describe negative (GDB internal) breakpoints and new "info all-breakpoints" 10) Slight change to description of colon-colon GDB expression notation, describing function::var as well as file::var and noting var is static (lmb question, gnu suggestion) 11) Doc Per's new &(&foo) for debugging C++ 12) Rephrase paragraph in configure appendix to avoid overfull box (in *large* format!) 13) Additional warning re VPATH feature required for --srcdir= config. (gnu suggestion)
1992-03-12 21:15:32 +00:00
@strong{Warning: using this option requires GNU @code{make}, or another
@code{make} that implements the @code{VPATH} feature.}@*
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
Use this option to make configurations in directories separate from the
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
GDB source directories. Among other things, you can use this to
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
build (or maintain) several configurations simultaneously, in separate
directories. @code{configure} writes configuration specific files in
the current directory, but arranges for them to use the source in the
directory @var{path}. @code{configure} will create directories under
the working directory in parallel to the source directories below
@var{path}.
@item --norecursion
Configure only the directory level where @code{configure} is executed; do not
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
propagate configuration to subdirectories.
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
@item --rm
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
Remove the configuration that the other arguments specify.
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
About 40% of changes sugg. by Bob Chassell
1991-12-07 04:19:03 +00:00
@c This does not work (yet if ever). FIXME.
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
@c @item --parse=@var{lang} @dots{}
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@c Configure the GDB expression parser to parse the listed languages.
@c @samp{all} configures GDB for all supported languages. To get a
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/21 02:59:57; author: gnu; state: Exp; lines: +32 -28) Rearrange "how to install" and "how to print the doc" stuff so it drops easier into README.
1991-10-09 00:29:37 +00:00
@c list of all supported languages, omit the argument. Without this
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@c option, GDB is configured to parse all supported languages.
(ORIG: date: 1991/09/20 21:43:15; author: pesch; state: Exp;) Merged in new doc on language setting, C, and Mod-2 by Andrew Beers; cleanups to node structure.
1991-10-09 00:22:44 +00:00
Updated "Installing" appendix, for current state of configure. (Awaiting review).
1992-01-16 03:20:58 +00:00
@item --target=@var{target}
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
Configure GDB for cross-debugging programs running on the specified
@var{target}. Without this option, GDB is configured to debug
programs that run on the same machine (@var{host}) as GDB itself.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available targets.
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@item @var{host} @dots{}
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
Configure GDB to run on the specified @var{host}.
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available hosts.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end table
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
@noindent
@code{configure} accepts other options, for compatibility with
RELEASE 4.0 docn. (Recovered from GDB 4.0 distribution; intervening versions lost by cvs over system crash).
1991-10-09 00:06:58 +00:00
configuring other GNU tools recursively; but these are the only
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
options that affect GDB or its supporting libraries.
Last cleanups for release 3.98: Minor typo and formatting fixes; incorporated most fixes remaining from filed mail commenting on earlier drafts. Added warnings: pipes don't work in run command; conditions are converse of assertions; step over fn without debug info goes to next fn; vars may have "wrong" values near fn entrance, exit Added example from Kingston on printing repeated nonadjacent values Added explicit mention that in Emacs gdb mode C-c and C-z are like shell mode for signals Improved installation directions in appendix, added manual formatting instructions Renamed "Stepping and Continuing" to "Continuing and Stepping" so it doesn't sound so much like its parent "Stopping and Continuing"; also moved entries on continue to top of section, so they don't get lost.
1991-07-31 23:35:22 +00:00
H8/300 config, startup doc, and related mods.
1992-03-04 01:08:47 +00:00
@node Copying, Index, Installing GDB, Top
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@center Version 2, June 1991
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@display
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@unnumberedsec Preamble
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
@iftex
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end iftex
@ifinfo
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end ifinfo
@enumerate
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below,
refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@enumerate a
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end enumerate
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@enumerate a
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end enumerate
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
@item
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
@item
If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@item
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Foundation.
@item
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
@iftex
@heading NO WARRANTY
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@center NO WARRANTY
@end ifinfo
@item
BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
@item
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end enumerate
@iftex
@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end ifinfo
@page
Fixed a variety of small typos that prevented info from formatting cleanly; altered too-long heading for GPL Appendix, as discussed w/RMS; Changed date on cover to July 91.
1991-07-29 22:20:33 +00:00
@unnumberedsec Applying These Terms to Your New Programs
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@smallexample
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
@var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.}
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
along with this program; if not, write to the
Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
@smallexample
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
Format improvements, mostly for @smallbook (including reformatted table of config options).
1991-11-08 20:57:43 +00:00
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome
to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c'
for details.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@end smallexample
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the
commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
suits your program.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@example
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright
interest in the program `Gnomovision'
(which makes passes at compilers) written
by James Hacker.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
Makefile.in: resuscitate "all" target as "all-doc". gdb.texinfo, gdbinv-s.m4.in: finish merging w/Chassell edits. none.m4: minor auxiliary facility (_FSF__) for above.
1992-01-06 07:31:10 +00:00
@end example
(1) Applied some fixes due to comments from Larry Breed (easier ones through chapsec 5.2) (2) Eliminated use of @footnote---had my doubts about it anyways, and it's broken in latest texinfo (3) Introduced *some* use of [] for optional arguments, where explanation is not simpler by listing cmd w arg and cmd w/out arg separately. Still not using @deffn. (4) Dropped in GPL-2. NOTE: one of GPL-2 or texinfo is broken; a couple of headings are too long. Need patches to texinfo or revision to GPL-2.
1991-07-27 00:49:54 +00:00
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.
(1) Re-incorporated former M4 fragments into this file; GNU m4 >=0.84 no longer crashes on long docs. (2) Included some improvements based on Larry Breed's comments.
1991-07-25 19:35:27 +00:00
* gdb.texinfo: (1) better introductory example; (2) more consistent use of @code, @samp, @file, @kbd throughout; small cleanups to first three nodes.
1991-05-16 00:46:09 +00:00
@node Index, , Copying, Top
Merge in pesch improvements, comments from tiemann and gnu.
1990-12-29 21:38:34 +00:00
@unnumbered Index
gdb-3.1
1989-01-31 17:56:40 +00:00
@printindex cp
Restructured manual; introduced introductory sample session.
1991-03-30 02:13:24 +00:00
@tex
% I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo. In the
% meantime:
\long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill
\centerline{The body of this manual is set in}
\centerline{\fontname\tenrm,}
\centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}}
\centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.}
(1) At Bob Chassell's request, remove leading comments that used to survive M4 filtering but still tell people the original source was M4'd; (2) Also for B.C., include one more emphasis font in @colophon at end; (3) Thanks to J Gilmore, strengthen wording about unsupported combinations of host-manufacturer-OS in config Appendix.
1991-11-30 00:01:01 +00:00
\centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/},}
\centerline{{\bf\fontname\tenbf}, and}
Restructured manual; introduced introductory sample session.
1991-03-30 02:13:24 +00:00
\centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}}
\centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill}
\page\colophon
(1) At Bob Chassell's request, remove leading comments that used to survive M4 filtering but still tell people the original source was M4'd; (2) Also for B.C., include one more emphasis font in @colophon at end; (3) Thanks to J Gilmore, strengthen wording about unsupported combinations of host-manufacturer-OS in config Appendix.
1991-11-30 00:01:01 +00:00
% Blame: pesch@cygnus.com, 1991.
Restructured manual; introduced introductory sample session.
1991-03-30 02:13:24 +00:00
@end tex
gdb-3.1
1989-01-31 17:56:40 +00:00
@contents
@bye
Reference in a new issue Copy permalink